Kimray - Full Catalog 2015
Kimray - Full Catalog 2015
Kimray - Full Catalog 2015
Issued 2/15
KIMRAY, Inc. AUTHORIZED INTERNATIONAL DISTRIBUTORS Okla. City, OK
Issued 2/15
KIMRAY, Inc. AUTHORIZED INTERNATIONAL DISTRIBUTORS Okla. City, OK
INTERNATIONAL REPRESENTATIVES
BOLIVIA, URUGUAY and CHILE SINGAPORE UNITED KINGDOM
Comsert Medicion & Control PNR Engineering Pte. Ltd. Jenex LTD
Peru 367-6to 1067 35 Tannery Rd. #11-10 Tannery Block 5 Shuttleworth Close
Buenos Aires, Argentina 75703 Ruby Industrial Complex Gapton Hall Industrial Estate
Ph: +54.11.4343.5692 Singapore 347740 Great Yarmouth, Norfolk NR31 0NQ UK
Ph: +54.11.4343.5693 Ph: +65.67428911 Ph: +44-(0)1493.602211
Ph: +54.11.4343.5694 Fx: +65.67428700 Fx: +44-(0)1493.602221
Web: www.comsert.com.ar Web: www.pnr-engineering.com.sg
Issued 2/15
KIMRAY, Inc. NOTES Okla. City, OK
KIMRAY CATALOG
INDEX
TREATER or SALT WATER DISPOSAL VALVES “W” SERIES - 60 to 125 lb. W.P.
Maintain liquid level by utilizing the weight of the liquid to operate a mechanical dump valve. D
SECTION
REGULATORS
‡®
www.kimray.com
PRESSURE REGULATORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIMENSIONS
Regulator Dimensions 140.8
Body - Ductile Iron, ASME SA-395 / ASTM A-395 First Number: Line Size (2")
Flanges - Dimensions & Rating, 150 lb. ANSI Std.
Interior Parts - Gray Iron, Ductile Iron, Steel, and Remaining Numbers:
Stainless Steel Multiply by 10 for Working Pressure (120)
Tubing - Copper, ASTM B-280
Fittings - Brass First Letter: Body (screwed)
Seat - Buna N “S” Screwed
“F” Flanged
“G” Grooved
Example: 12 PL
STEEL, 500 psig W.P. Numbers:
Multiply by 10 for Working Pressure (120)
Body - Cast Steel, A216-WCB
Flanges - Dimensions & Rating 300 lb. Steel ANSI First Letter: (pilot)
Interior Parts - Steel and Stainless Steel “P” Pilot
Tubing - 304 Stainless Steel
Fittings - Steel Second Letter: (liquid)
Seat - Polyurethane w / insert “G” Gas
(alternate - Buna N, if specified) “L” Liquid
“S” Snap
“T” Throttle
“M” Mechanical
“F” Float Operated
AFLAS ®
is a trade mark of Asahi Glass Co TEFLON (T)
TEMPERATURE: TEMPERATURE:
+30° to +500° F -40° to +400° F
0° to +260° C -20° to +204° C
APPLICATION: APPLICATION:
Crude Oil & Gas Production (High heat), Steam Chemically Inert Elastomer Best in static Do not use at
Flood Production Chemicals (corrosion inhibitors) Amine low temps
Sweetener Systems, Gasoline, Diesel, Fuel Oil Systems
FLUID / GAS:
FLUID / GAS: Almost All Chemicals
Crude Oil & Gas Production, H2S, Steam, Petroleum
fluids, Sea Water
VITON ®
is a trade mark of Dupont
APPLICATION: OPERATION:
Vent lines on oil separators, flow treaters, compressor sta- The Pilot Assembly and Motor Valve Stem Assembly
tions, gas gathering systems. (Crosshatched) are the only moving units in the regulator. The
PILOT PLUG consists of two stainless balls rigidly connected
together. The upper seat for the PILOT PLUG is the Motor Valve
PRESSURE RANGE: Diaphragm Pressure inlet (Red to Yellow). The lower seat for the
Ductile Iron: 5 psig to 125 psig PILOT PLUG is the pressure vent (Yellow to Atmosphere).
Ductile Iron: 10 psig to 300 psig The PILOT SPRING in the bonnet loads the upper side of the
Steel: 10 psig to 300 psig Pilot Assembly and is opposed on the underside by Upstream
Pressure (Red).
CAPACITY: Assume the PILOT SPRING is compressed with the
Refer to Table of Contents. ADJUSTING SCREW for a set pressure greater than the
Upstream Pressure (Red). The Pilot Assembly is forced down-
Cf & Cv VALUES ward by the PILOT SPRING. The lower seat for the PILOT
Line Size Trim Size Cf Cv PLUG (Yellow to Atmosphere) is closed and the upper seat for
1"
1.00" 0.74 13.2 the PILOT PLUG (Red to Yellow) is open. This lets full Upstream
.50" 0.75 5.0 Pressure (Red) load the motor valve. The area of the MOTOR
2.00" 0.75 52.0 VALVE DIAPHRAGM is twice the area of the motor valve seat,
2" 2" Removable 0.84 47.0 assuring a positive shut-off.
1.25" 0.75 21.0 As the Upstream Pressure (Red) increases to the set pres-
3"
3.00" 0.75 117.0 sure, the Pilot Assembly moves upward against the PILOT
1.62" 0.84 24.0 SPRING to first close the upper seat (Red to Yellow) and open
4"
4.00" 0.75 210.0 the pressure vent (Yellow to Atmosphere). As the Motor Valve
2.00" 0.80 55.0 Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) is decreased, the Upstream
6"
6.00" 0.75 480.0 Pressure (Red) acting under the motor valve seat, opens the
3.00" 0.80 120.0 valve. With relief of Upstream Pressure (Red) through the motor
valve, the Pilot Assembly assumes a position in which both seats
of the PILOT PLUG are closed.
The intermittent bleed pilot, three-way valve action of the
Pilot Assembly PILOT PLUG against its seat adjusts the Motor Valve Diaphragm
Motor Valve Stem Assembly Pressure (Yellow), repositioning the Motor Valve Stem Assembly
to accommodate any rate of flow. The rapid but stable reposition-
Upstream Pressure
ing produces a true throttling action.
Motor Valve Diaphragm Pressure
Adjusting Screw
Pilot Spring
‡
®
Pilot Diaphragm
Pilot Plug
‡
®
Current Revision: ‡ Configuration of Back Pressure Valve is a trademark of Kimray, Inc. A:10.1
Correct Pressure Range www.kimray.com Issued 11/14
PRESSURE REGULATORS
GAS BACK PRESSURE
DUCTILE IRON
A:10.2 ‡ Configuration of Back Pressure Valve is a trademark of Kimray, Inc. Current Revision:
Issued 9/13 www.kimray.com Change Housings numbers
PRESSURE REGULATORS
GAS BACK PRESSURE
DUCTILE IRON
1676, 1" 6976, 1"
Nut Adjusting Screw
2377, 2" thru 6" 5163, 2" thru 6"
4525, 1" 4543, 1"
Bonnet Washer
2610, 2" thru 6" 4491, 2" thru 6"
3008, 1" 4542, 1"
* Spring Packing Seal
108, 2" thri 6" 4488, 2" thru 6"
3009, 1" 4484SS6, 1"
Plate Spring Plate, 2 Req'd.
105, 2" thru 6" 2612, 2" thru 6"
6972, 1" 4323, 1"
Screw, 4 Req'd. Spring
907, 2" thru 6" 2611, 2" thru 6"
3011P, 1"
* Diaph. Gauge 1641
5259P, 2" thru 6"
6890, 1"
*Diaph Ring 5258, 2" thru 6" Nipple
648, 2" thru 6"
Breather Plug 147 1357, 1"
3010, 1" ‡ Breather Plug
Nut ® 147, 2" thru 6"
107, 2" thru 6"
Filter 1/4 F30
3013, 1"
Housing 6505, 1"
1701, 2" thru 6" Ell
3014, 1" 875, 2" thru 6"
* Diaphragm
110, 2" thru 6" 4286SS6, 1"
Tubing
3015, 1" 123SS to 126SS, 2" thru 6"
* Seat 3019, 1"
111, 2" thru 6"
1719, 2"
3017, 1"
* Plug Housing 1636, 3"
112, 2" thru 6"
2003, 4"
3016, 1" 2177, 6"
* Seat
113, 2" thru 6"
4318, 6 Req'd. 1"
3018, 1" 965, 8 Req'd. 2"
* Gasket
118, 2" thru 6" Screw 907, 10 Req'd. 3"
1357, 1" 907, 12 Req'd. 4"
Breather Plug
147, 2" thru 6" 2142, 16 Req'd. 6"
142, 1" 127, 1" *
1704, 2" 1706, 2"
Housing 1632, 3" Diaphragm 1640, 3"
145, 4" 2015, 4"
146, 6" 2140, 6"
* Gasket 195 to 199 Plate 132 to 136
* O Ring 153 to 157 Back Up 148T to 152T *
Disc 158 to 162 2 Req'd.
Plug 699 6506, 1"
Ell
Ratio Plug 176 to 180 875, 2" thru 6"
Stem 137 to 141
172, 1"
173, 2" Seat 163HSN to 167HSN *
* Lock Nut
906, 3" Not Req'd. 1"
175, 6" 276, 2" *
Body Gasket 277, 3"
196, 4"
Thru Angle
Line Size 279, 6"
Screwed Flanged Grooved Screwed
1" 2033 --- --- --- Not Req'd. 1"
2" 1709 1913 2964 4999 272D, 2"
Removable Seat 273D, 3"
3" 1634 1914 --- ---
274D, 4"
4" 2001 2002 --- ---
275D, 6"
6" --- 2466 --- ---
Removable Seat Wrench 272SW to 275SW
Current Revision: ‡ Configuration of Back Pressure Valve is a trademark of Kimray, Inc. A:10.3
Correct Spelling on Removable Seat www.kimray.com Issued 11/14
PRESSURE REGULATORS
GAS BACK PRESSURE
STEEL
APPLICATION: OPERATION:
Vent lines on oil and gas separators, flow treaters, compres- The Pilot Assembly and Motor Valve Stem Assembly
sor stations, gas gathering systems. (Crosshatched) are the only moving units in the regulator. The
PILOT PLUG consists of two stainless balls rigidly connected
together. The upper seat for the PILOT PLUG is the Motor Valve
PRESSURE RANGE: Diaphragm Pressure inlet (Violet to Yellow). The lower seat for
75 psig to 500 psig the PILOT PLUG is the pressure vent (Yellow to Atmosphere).
The PILOT SPRING in the bonnet loads the upper side of the
Pilot Assembly and is opposed on the underside by Upstream
PILOT SUPPLY PRESSURE: Pressure (Red) in the BELLOWS ASSEMBLY.
40 psig Assume the PILOT SPRING is compressed with the
ADJUSTING SCREW for a set pressure greater than the Sense
Pressure (Red). The DIAPHRAGM ASSEMBLY is forced down-
CAPACITY: ward by the SPRING. The upper seat of the PILOT PLUG (Yellow
Refer to Table of Contents. to Atmosphere) is closed and the lower seat for the PILOT PLUG
(Violet to Yellow) is open. This allows Pilot Supply Pressure
Pilot Bellows Assembly
(Yellow) to load the top of the MOTOR VALVE DIAPHRAGM
Motor Valve Stem Assembly to close the motor valve. The area of the MOTOR VALVE
Upstream Pressure DIAPHRAGM is sixteen times the area of the motor valve seat,
Pilot Supply Pressure thus insuring a positive shut-off.
As the Upstream Pressure (Red) increases to the set pres-
Motor Valve Diaphragm Pressure
Adjusting Screw
sure, the BELLOWS ASSEMBLY expands upward against the
Pilot Assembly, moving the PILOT SPRING to first close the
lower seat (Violet to Yellow) and then open the upper seat allow-
ing the Modulated Output to vent (Yellow to Atmosphere). As
the Motor Valve Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) is decreased, the
Upstream Pressure (Red) acting under the motor valve seat,
opens the valve.
Spring With relief of Upstream Pressure (Red) through the motor
valve, the Pilot Assembly assumes a position in which both seats
of the PILOT PLUG are closed.
The intermittent bleed pilot, three-way valve action of the
PILOT PLUG against its seat adjusts the Motor Valve Diaphragm
Pressure (Yellow), repositioning the Motor Valve Stem Assembly
to accommodate any rate of flow within the valves capacity. The
Pilot Plug rapid but stable repositioning produces a true throttling action.
Cf & Cv VALUES
Line Size Trim Size Cf Cv
1.00" 0.74 13.2
1"
.50" 0.75 5.0
Regulator
2.00" 0.75 52.0
2" 2" Removable 0.84 47.0
1.25" 0.75 21.0
3.00" 0.75 117.0
3"
1.62" 0.84 24.0
Bellows Assembly 4.00" 0.75 210.0
4"
2.00" 0.80 55.0
6.00" 0.75 480.0
6"
Motor Valve 3.00" 0.80 120.0
Diaphragm
Drip Pot
High Temp.
Grease
APPLICATION: OPERATION:
Vent lines or pressure regulation on separators, heater treat- Assume the PILOT SPRING is compressed with the
ers, compressor stations, gas gathering and distribution systems ADJUSTING SCREW for a set pressure greater than the
where it is desired that no gas be vented. Upstream Pressure (Red). The Pilot Assembly is forced down-
• Inside Buildings ward by the PILOT SPRING. The lower seat for the PILOT PLUG
• In populated areas (Yellow to Blue) is closed and the upper seat for the PILOT PLUG
• Emissions regulated areas (Red to Yellow) is open. This lets full Upstream Pressure (Red)
• Sour or poisonous gas systems load the MOTOR VALVE DIAPHRAGM to close the valve.
As the Upstream Pressure (Red) increases to the set pres-
sure, the Pilot Assembly moves upward against the PILOT
PRESSURE RANGE: SPRING to first close the upper seat (Red to Yellow) and open
Ductile Iron: 5 psig to 125 psig the lower seat (Yellow to Blue). Motor Valve Diaphragm Pressure
Ductile Iron: 10 psig to 280 psig (Yellow) is vented to the Downstream (Blue).
Steel: 10 psig to 280 psig As the Motor Valve Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) is
decreased, the Upstream Pressure (Red) acting under the motor
CAPACITY: valve seat, opens the valve. With relief of the Upstream Pressure
Refer to Table of Contents (Red) through the valve, the Pilot Assembly assumes a position
in which both seats of the PILOT PLUG are closed.
Motor Valve Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) is regulated by
the intermittent bleed pilot three-way valve action of the PILOT
PLUG to reposition the Motor Valve Stem Assembly for changes
in flow rate. The rapid but stable repositioning produces a true
throttling action.
Cf & Cv VALUES
Line Size Trim Size Cf Cv
1.00" 0.74 13.2
1"
.50" 0.75 5.0
2.00" 0.75 52.0
2" 2" Removable 0.84 47.0
Pilot Assembly 1.25" 0.75 21.0
3.00" 0.75 117.0
Motor Valve Stem Assembly 3"
1.62" 0.84 24.0
Upstream Pressure 4.00" 0.75 210.0
4"
Motor Valve Diaphragm Pressure 2.00" 0.80 55.0
Downstream Pressure 6.00" 0.75 480.0
6"
3.00" 0.80 120.0
Adjusting Screw
Pilot Spring
Pilot Diaphragm
Pilot Plug
1676, 1"
Nut
2377, 2" thru 6"
4525, 1" 6976, 1"
Bonnet Adjusting Screw
2610, 2" thru 6" 5163, 2" thru 6"
3008, 1" 4543, 1"
* Spring Washer
108, 2" thri 6" 4491, 2" thru 6"
3009, 1"
Plate 4542, 1"
105, 2" thru 6" Packing Seal
4488, 2" thru 6"
6972, 1"
Screw, 4 Req'd. 4484SS6, 1"
907, 2" thru 6" Spring Plate, 2 Req'd.
3011P, 1" 103, 2" thru 6"
* Diaph.
5259P, 2" thru 6" 4323, 1"
Spring
*Diaph Ring 5258, 2" thru 6" 6975, 2" thru 6"
3010, 1" Gauge 114
Nut
107, 2" thru 6"
1606, 1"
Breather Plug 147 Nipple
648, 2" thru 6"
3013, 1"
Housing Filter 1/4 F30
1701, 2" thru 6"
3014, 1" 3017, 1" *
* Diaphragm Plug
110, 2" thru 6" 112, 2" thru 6"
3015, 1" 3016, 1" *
* Seat Seat
111, 2" thru 6" 113, 2" thru 6"
4286SS6, 1" 3018, 1" *
Gasket
208, 2" 118, 2" thru 6"
Tubing 4851, 3" 6506, 1"
1379, 4" Ell
117, 2" thru 6"
207, 6"
7030S6, 1"
Connector 4817, 1" Tubing
123 to 126, 2" thru 6"
Ell 117, 2"
3019, 1"
Connector 204, 3" thru 6"
1719, 2"
5086SS6, 1" Housing 1636, 3"
Tee
5085, 2" thru 6" 2003, 4"
142, 1" 2177, 6"
1704, 2"
Housing 1632, 3" 4318, 6 Req'd. 1"
145, 4" 965, 8 Req'd. 2"
146, 6" Screw 907, 10 Req'd. 3"
907, 12 Req'd. 4"
7030S6, 1"
2142, 16 Req'd. 6"
208, 2"
Tubing 207, 3" Diaphragm 127 to 131 *
208, 4" 6505, 1"
2006, 6" Ell
117, 2" thru 6"
* Gasket 195 to 199
Plate 132 to 136
* O Ring 153 to 157
6505, 1" Body Back Up 148T to 152T *
Ell 2 Req'd.
117, 2" thru 6"
Line Size Screwed Flanged Grooved Stem 137 to 141
Disc 158 to 162
1" 2033 --- ---
Ratio Plug 176 to 180 Seat 163 to 167 *
2" 183 184 1500
172, 1"
3" 185 186 ---
173, 2"
* Lock Nut 4" 187 188 ---
906, 3"
175, 6" 6" --- 189 ---
Companion flanges, nuts, bolts and gaskets are furnished at extra cost. Refer to
a
APPLICATION: OPERATION:
Regulation of inlet pressure to gas compressors. Control of The Pilot Assembly and Motor Valve Stem Assembly
supply or distribution system pressure (Crosshatched) are the only moving units in the regulator.
The PILOT PLUG consists of two stainless balls rigidly con-
nected together. Upstream Pressure (Red) is the supply pres-
PRESSURE RANGE: sure to the pilot and is also in constant communication with the
Ductile Iron: top side of the MOTOR VALVE DIAPHRAGM. The area of the
Upstream: 10 psig to 125 psig MOTOR VALVE DIAPHRAGM is twice the area of the motor
Downstream: 5 psig to 125 psig valve seat, assuring a positive shut-off.
Ductile Iron: The lower seat for the PILOT PLUG is the Motor Valve
Upstream: 10 psig to 300 psig Diaphragm Pressure inlet (Red to Yellow). The upper seat for the
Downstream: 10 psig to 300 psig PILOT PLUG is the pressure vent (Yellow to Atmosphere). The
Steel: PILOT SPRING loads the upper side of the Pilot Assembly and
Upstream: 10 psig to 300 psig is opposed on the underneath side by the controlled Downstream
Downstream: 10 psig to 300 psig Pressure (Blue).
Assume the PILOT SPRING is compressed with the
CAPACITY: ADJUSTING SCREW for a desired Downstream Pressure set-
Refer to Table of Contents ting. With Downstream Pressure (Blue) too low, the PILOT
SPRING forces the Pilot Assembly downward to close the upper
seat (Yellow to Atmosphere) and open the lower seat (Red to
Yellow).
This lets full Upstream Pressure (Red) load the underneath
side of the MOTOR VALVE DIAPHRAGM to balance the pressure
on the top side. Upstream Pressure (Red) acting under the motor
valve seat, opens the valve. As Downstream Pressure(Blue)
increases to the set pressure Pilot Assembly assumes a position
in which both seats of the PILOT PLUG are closed.
Should Downstream Pressure (Blue) rise above the set
pressure, the Pilot Assembly moves upward against the PILOT
SPRING to open the pressure vent (Yellow to Atmosphere).
Pilot Assembly Motor Valve Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) decreases to reposi-
Motor Valve Stem Assembly tion the Motor Valve Stem Assembly.
Upstream Pressure The intermittent bleed pilot, three-way valve action of the
PILOT PLUG against its seat adjusts the Motor Valve Diaphragm
Downstream Pressure
Pressure (Yellow), repositioning the Motor Valve stem Assembly
Motor Valve Diaphragm Pressure to accommodate any rate of flow. The rapid but stable reposition-
ing produces a true throttling action.
Cf & Cv VALUES
Adjusting Screw
Line Size Trim Size Cf Cv
1.00" 0.74 13.2
1"
.50" 0.75 5.0
Pilot Spring 2.00" 0.75 52.0
2" 2" Removable 0.84 47.0
1.25" 0.75 21.0
3.00" 0.75 117.0
3"
Pilot Diaphragm 1.62" 0.84 24.0
4.00" 0.75 210.0
4"
2.00" 0.80 55.0
6.00" 0.75 480.0
6"
3.00" 0.80 120.0
Pilot Plug
}
Nipple 648 1703, 2"
Elbow 1481 6" only Housing 1639, 3"
Connector 204 2004, 4"
142, 1" 2178, 6"
1704, 2" 4318, 6 Req'd. 1"
Housing 1632, 3" 965, 8 Req'd. 2"
145, 4" Screw 907, 10 Req'd. 3"
146, 6" 907, 12 Req'd. 4"
4017, 1" 2142, 16 Req'd. 6"
216, 2" Diaphragm 127 to 131 *
Tubing 217, 3"
6505, 1"
214, 4" Ell
117, 2" thru 6"
218, 6"
Body Plate 132 to 136
* Gasket 195 to 199
1358, 1"
* O Ring 153 to 157 Line Size Screwed Flanged Grooved 1388, 2"
6505, 1"
Ell 1" 2033 --- --- Spring 7132, 3"
117, 2" thru 6"
2" 183 184 1500 1529, 4"
Disc 158 to 162
Ratio Plug 176 to 180 3" 185 186 --- 1575, 6"
172, 1" 4" 187 188 --- Back Up 148T to 152T *
6" --- 189 --- 2 Req'd.
* Lock Nut 173, 2"
906, 3" Stem 137 to 141
175, 6" Seat 163 to 167 *
Companion flanges, nuts, bolts and gaskets are furnished at extra cost. Refer to
a
}
Nipple 648 4019SS6, 1"
Elbow 1481 6" only 1638, 2"
Connector 874 Tubing 1826, 3"
142, 1" 2246, 4"
1704, 2" 2247, 6"
Housing 1632, 3"
4318, 6 Req'd. 1"
145, 4" 965, 8 Req'd. 2"
146, 6" Screw 907, 10 Req'd. 3"
4019SS6, 1"
907, 12 Req'd. 4"
216SS, 2"
Tubing 217SS, 3" 2142, 16 Req'd. 6"
127, 1" *
4251, 4"
1706, 2"
218SS, 6" Diaphragm 1640, 3"
* Gasket 195 to 199
2015, 4"
* O Ring 153 to 157
539, 1" 2140, 6"
Ell 6505, 1"
875, 2" thru 6" Ell
Not Req'd. 1" 875, 2" thru 6"
276, 2" * Plate 132 to 136
Gasket 277, 3" Disc 158 to 162
196, 4" 1358, 1"
Body 1388, 2"
279, 6"
Not Req'd. 1" Spring 7132, 3"
Removovable Seat LINE THRU
272D to 275D, 2" thru 6" 1529, 4"
SIZE SCREWED FLANGED
Ratio Plug 176 to 180 1575, 6"
1" 2033
172, 1" Back Up 148T to 152T *
2" 1709 1913
* Lock Nut 173, 2" 2 Req'd.
3" 1634 1914 Stem 137 to 141
906, 3"
175, 6" 4" 2001 2002 Seat 163HSN to 167HSN *
6" 2466
Removable Seat Wrench 272SW to 275SW
APPLICATIONS: OPERATION:
Regulation of inlet pressure to gas compressors. Control of The Pilot assembly and Motor Valve Stem Assembly
supply or distribution system pressures. (Crosshatched) are the only moving units in the regulator. The
PILOT PLUG consists of two stainless balls rigidly connected
together. The upper seat for the PILOT PLUG is the Motor Valve
PRESSURE RANGE: Diaphragm Pressure inlet (Violet to Yellow). The lower seat for
Upstream: 75 psig to 500 psig the PILOT PLUG is the pressure vent (Yellow to Atmosphere).
Downstream: 75 psig to 500 psig The Pilot Supply Pressure (Violet) leads the MOTOR VALVE
DIAPHRAGM to provide the closing force for the Motor Valve
against the Upstream Pressure.
PILOT SUPPLY PRESSURE: The PILOT SPRING in the bonnet loads the upper side of the
40 psig Pilot Assembly and is opposed in the under side by Downstream
Pressure (Blue) in the BELLOWS ASSEMBLY. Assume the
PILOT SPRING is compressed with the ADJUSTING SCREW
NOTE: for a set pressure greater than the Downstream Pressure
For upstream pressure less than 50 psig use outside source (Blue) in the BELLOWS ASSEMBLY. The Pilot Assembly is
of supply to operate MOTOR VALVE DIAPHRAGM. forced downward by the PILOT SPRING. The lower seat for the
PILOT PLUG (Yellow to Atmosphere) is closed and the upper
seat for the PILOT PLUG (Violet to Yellow) is open. This allows
CAPACITY: Pilot Supply Pressure (Violet) to load the underneath side of the
Refer to Table of Contents. MOTOR VALVE DIAPHRAGM to balance the pressure on the
top side. Upstream Pressure (Red) acting under the motor valve
Adjusting Screw
seat, opens the valve.
Pilot Bellows Assembly As Downstream Pressure (Blue) increases to the set pres-
Motor Valve Stem Assembly sure, the BELLOWS ASSEMBLY expands upward, compress-
ing the PILOT SPRING and first closing the upper seat (Violet
Upstream Pressure to Yellow) and then opening the pressure vent (Yellow to
Downstream Pressure Atmosphere). As the MOTOR VALVE DIAPHRAGM PRESSURE
Pilot Supply Pressure Spring (Yellow) is decreased, the PILOT SUPPLY PRESSURE acting on
Motor Valve Diaphragm Pressure top of the Motor Valve Diaphragm begins to close the valve.
With increase of Downstream Pressure (Blue) to the set pres-
sure, the Pilot Assembly assumes a position in which both seats
of the PILOT PLUG are closed.
The intermittent bleed pilot, three-way valve action of
the PILOT PLUG against its seats adjusts the Motor Valve
Pilot Plug Stem Assembly to accommodate any flow rate. The rapid
but stable repositioning produces a true throttling action.
Cf & Cv VALUES
Line Size Trim Size Cf Cv
1.00" 0.74 13.2
Regulator 1"
.50" 0.75 5.0
2.00" 0.75 52.0
2" 2" Removable 0.84 47.0
1.25" 0.75 21.0
3.00" 0.75 117.0
3"
1.62" 0.84 24.0
Bellows Assembly 4.00" 0.75 210.0
4"
2.00" 0.80 55.0
6.00" 0.75 480.0
6"
3.00" 0.80 120.0
Motor Valve
Diaphragm
Drip Pot
High Temp.
Grease
APPLICATIONS: OPERATION:
Regulation of inlet pressure to gas compressors. Control of The Pilot assembly and Motor Valve Stem Assembly
supply or distribution system pressures. (Crosshatched) are the only moving units in the regulator. _ The
Regulation of down stream pressure where it is desired that PILOT PLUG consists of two stainless balls rigidly connected
no gas be vented. together. Upstream Pressure (Red) is the supply pressure to
• Inside Buildings the pilot and is also in constant communication with the top side
• In Populated Areas of the MOTOR VALVE DIAPHRAGM. The area of the MOTOR
• Emissions Regulated Areas VALVE DIAPHRAGM is twice the area of the motor valve seat,
• Sour or Poisonous Gas Systems assuring a positive shut-off.
The lower seat for the PILOT PLUG is the Motor Valve
Diaphragm Pressure inlet (Red to Yellow). The upper seat for
PRESSURE RANGE: the PILOT PLUG is the pressure vent (Yellow to Blue). The
Ductile Iron: PILOT SPRING loads the upper side of the Pilot Assembly and
Upstream: 10 psig to 125 psig is opposed on the underneath side by controlled Downstream
Downstream: 5 psig to 125 psig Pressure (Blue).
Ductile Iron: Assume the PILOT SPRING is compressed with the
Upstream: 10 psig to 300 psig ADJUSTING SCREW for a desired Downstream Pressure
Downstream: 10 psig to 300 psig setting. With Downstream Pressure (Blue) too low, the PILOT
Minimum Differential: SPRING forces the Pilot Assembly downward to close the upper
5 psig seat (Yellow to Blue) and open the lower seat (Red to Yellow).
This lets full Upstream Pressure (Red), if necessary, load the
underneath side of the MOTOR VALVE DIAPHRAGM to balance
CAPACITY: the pressure on the top side. Upstream Pressure (Red) acting
Refer to Table of Contents. under the motor valve seat, opens the valve. As Downstream
Pressure (Blue) increases to the set pressure, the Pilot Assembly
assumes a position in which both seats of the PILOT PLUG are
closed.
Should Downstream Pressure (Blue) rise above the set
pressure, the Pilot Assembly moves upward against the PILOT
Pilot Assembly SPRING to open the pressure vent (Yellow to Blue). Motor Valve
Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) decreases to reposition the Motor
Motor Valve Stem Assembly Valve Stem Assembly.
Upstream Pressure The intermittent bleed pilot, three-way valve action of the
Downstream Pressure PILOT PLUG against its seat adjusts the Motor Valve Diaphragm
Motor Valve Diaphragm Pressure Pressure (Yellow), repositioning the Motor Valve Stem Assembly
to accommodate any rate of flow. The rapid but stable reposition-
ing produces a true throttling action.
}
Nipple 648 2004, 4"
Elbow 1481 6" only 2178, 6"
Connector 204 4318, 6 Req'd. 1"
142, 1" 965, 8 Req'd. 2"
1704, 2" Screw 907, 10 Req'd. 3"
Housing 1632, 3" 907, 12 Req'd. 4"
145, 4" 2142, 16 Req'd. 6"
146, 6" Diaphragm 127 to 131 *
4017, 1" 6505, 1"
216, 2" Ell
117, 2" thru 6"
Tubing 217, 3"
Body Plate 132 to 136
214, 4" Back Up 148T to 152T *
218, 6" 2 Req'd.
* Gasket 195 to 199 Line Size Screwed Flanged Grooved Stem 137 to 141
* O Ring 153 to 157 1" 2033 --- --- Seat 163 to 167 *
6505, 1" 2" 183 184 1500 172, 1" *
Ell
117, 2" thru 6" 3" 185 186 --- Lock Nut 173, 2"
Disc 158 to 162 4" 187 188 --- 906, 3"
Ratio Plug 176 to 180 6" --- 189 --- 175, 6"
Companion flanges, nuts, bolts and gaskets are furnished at extra cost. Refer to
a
}
Nipple 648 4019SS6, 1"
Elbow 1481 6" only 1638, 2"
Connector 874 Tubing 1826, 3"
142, 1" 2246, 4"
1704, 2" 2247, 6"
Housing 1632, 3"
4318, 6 Req'd. 1"
145, 4" 965, 8 Req'd. 2"
146, 6" Screw 907, 10 Req'd. 3"
4019SS6, 1"
907, 12 Req'd. 4"
216SS, 2"
Tubing 217SS, 3" 2142, 16 Req'd. 6"
127, 1" *
4251, 4"
1706, 2"
218SS, 6" Diaphragm 1640, 3"
* Gasket 195 to 199
2015, 4"
* O Ring 153 to 157
539, 1" 2140, 6"
Ell 6505, 1"
875, 2" thru 6" Ell
Not Req'd. 1" 875, 2" thru 6"
276, 2" * Plate 132 to 136
Gasket 277, 3" Disc 158 to 162
Body
196, 4" Back Up 148T to 152T *
279, 6" 2 Req'd.
Not Req'd. 1" Line Size Screwed Flanged Grooved Stem 137 to 141
Removovable Seat
272D to 275D, 2" thru 6" 1" 2033 --- --- Seat 163HSN to 167HSN *
Ratio Plug 176 to 180 2" 1709 1913 2964 172, 1" *
Removable Seat Wrench 272SW to 275SW 3" 1634 1914 --- Lock Nut 173, 2"
4" 2001 2002 --- 906, 3"
6" --- 2466 --- 175, 6"
APPLICATIONS: OPERATION:
Regulation of inlet pressure to gas compressors and control The Pilot Assembly and Motor Valve Stem Assembly
of supply or distribution system pressures where the pressure (Crosshatched) are the only moving units in the regulator.
to the regulator varies significantly and regulated pressure must The PILOT PLUG consists of two stainless balls rigidly con-
remain constant. nected together. Upstream Pressure (Red) is the supply pres-
sure to the pilot and is also in constant communication with the
PRESSURE RANGE: top side of the MOTOR VALVE DIAPHRAGM. The area of the
Ductile Iron: MOTOR VALVE DIAPHRAGM is twice the area of the motor
Upstream: 10 psig to 125 psig valve seat, assuring a positive shut-off.
Downstream: 5 psig to 125 psig The lower seat for the PILOT PLUG is the Motor Valve
Ductile Iron: Diaphragm Pressure inlet (Red to Yellow). The upper seat for the
Upstream: 10 psig to 300 psig PILOT PLUG is the pressure vent (Yellow to Atmosphere). The
Downstream: 5 psig to 300 psig PILOT SPRING loads the upper side of the Pilot Assembly and
Steel: is opposed on the underneath side by the controlled Downstream
Upstream: 10 psig to 300 psig Pressure (Blue).
Downstream: 5 psig to 300 psig Assume the PILOT SPRING is compressed with the
ADJUSTING SCREW for a desired Downstream Pressure
NOTE: setting. With Downstream Pressure (Blue) too low, the PILOT
For upstream pressure less than 10 psig use outside source SPRING forces the Pilot Assembly downward to close the upper
of supply to operate Motor Valve Diaphragm. seat (Yellow to Atmosphere) and open the lower seat (Red to
Yellow).
CAPACITY: This lets full Upstream Pressure (Red) load the underneath
Refer to Table of Contents. side of the MOTOR VALVE DIAPHRAGM to balance the pres-
sure on the top side. Upstream Pressure (Red) acting under the
Cf & Cv VALUES motor valve seat, opens the valve. As Downstream Pressure
Line Size Trim Size Cf Cv (Blue) increases to the set pressure, the Pilot Assembly assumes
1.00" 0.74 13.2 a position in which both seats of the PILOT PLUG are closed.
1"
.50" 0.75 5.0 Pilot Assembly Should Downstream Pressure (Blue) rise above
2.00" 0.75 52.0 Motor Valve Stem Assembly the set pressure, the Pilot Assembly moves upward
2" 2" Removable 0.84 47.0 against the PILOT SPRING to open the pres-
Upstream Pressure
1.25" 0.75 21.0 sure vent (Yellow to Atmosphere). Motor Valve
3.00" 0.75 117.0 Downstream Pressure Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) decreases to reposi-
3"
1.62" 0.84 24.0 Motor Valve Diaphragm Pressure tion the Motor Valve Stem Assembly.
4.00" 0.75 210.0 The intermittent bleed pilot, three-way valve
4"
2.00" 0.80 55.0 Adjusting Screw action of the PILOT PLUG against its seat adjusts
6.00" 0.75 480.0 the Motor Valve Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow),
6"
3.00" 0.80 120.0 repositioning the Motor Valve Stem Assembly to
accommodate any rate of flow. The rapid but stable
repositioning produces a true throttling action.
The Motor Valve Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow)
is communicated to the bonnet area, this pres-
Pilot Spring
Balancing Diaphragm sure acts on the BALANCING DIAPHRAGM to
counteract the equal and opposite pressure on the
Modulating Diaphragm
MODULATING DIAPHRAGM. This balancing action
reduces the effect of variation in Upstream Pressure
(Red) on the controlled or Downstream Pressure
Pilot Diaphragm (Blue) resulting in constant Downstream Pressure
(Blue).
Pilot Plug
Oil
Companion flanges, nuts, bolts and gaskets are furnished at extra cost. Refer to
a
APPLICATION: OPERATION:
Control back pressure in liquid packed systems where an The Pilot Assembly and Motor Valve Stem Assembly
auxiliary source of supply gas pressure is available. (Crosshatched) are the only moving units in the regulator. The
PILOT PLUG consists of two stainless balls rigidly connected
together. The lower seat for the PILOT PLUG is the Motor Valve
PRESSURE RANGE: Diaphragm Pressure inlet (Purple to Yellow). The upper seat for
Ductile Iron: 5 psig to 125 psig the PILOT PLUG is the pressure vent (Yellow to Atmosphere).
Ductile Iron: 10 psig to 300 psig The PILOT SPRING in the bonnet loads the upper side of the
Steel: 10 psig to 300 psig Pilot Assembly and is opposed on the underside by Upstream
Liquid Pressure (Green).
Assume the PILOT SPRING is compressed with the
SUPPLY PRESSURE: ADJUSTING SCREW for a set pressure greater than the
Equal to or not less than 60% of controlled pressure Upstream Liquid Pressure (Green). The Pilot Assembly is forced
upstream. downward by the PILOT SPRING. The upper seat for the PILOT
PLUG (Yellow to Atmosphere) is closed and the lower seat
for the PILOT PLUG (Purple to Yellow) is open. This lets full
CAPACITY: Supply Pressure (Purple) load the MOTOR VALVE DIAPHRAGM
Refer to Table of Contents. to close the motor valve. The area of the MOTOR VALVE
DIAPHRAGM is twice the area of the motor valve seat, assuring
a positive shut-off.
As the Upstream Liquid Pressure (Green) increases to the set
pressure, the Pilot Assembly moves upward against the PILOT
SPRING to first close the lower seat (Purple to Yellow) and open
the pressure vent (Yellow to Atmosphere). As the Motor Valve
Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) is decreased, the Upstream Liquid
Pressure (Green) acting under the motor valve seat, opens the
valve. With relief of Upstream Liquid Pressure (Green) through
the motor valve, the Pilot Assembly assumes a position in which
both seats of the PILOT PLUG are closed.
The intermittent bleed pilot, three-way valve action of the
Pilot Assembly
PILOT PLUG against its seat adjusts the Motor Valve Diaphragm
Motor Valve Stem Assembly Pressure (Yellow), repositioning the Motor Valve Stem Assembly
Upstream Liquid Pressure to accommodate any rate of flow. The rapid but stable reposition-
Motor Valve Diaphragm Pressure ing produces a true throttling action.
Supply Pressure (outside source)
Cf & Cv VALUES
Line Size Trim Size Cf Cv
Adjusting Screw
1.00" 0.74 13.2
1"
.50" 0.75 5.0
2.00" 0.75 52.0
2" 2" Removable 0.84 47.0
Pilot Spring
1.25" 0.75 21.0
3.00" 0.75 117.0
3"
1.62" 0.84 24.0
4.00" 0.75 210.0
4"
Pilot Diaphragm 2.00" 0.80 55.0
6.00" 0.75 480.0
6"
3.00" 0.80 120.0
Pilot Plug
Oil
Companion flanges, nuts, bolts and gaskets are furnished at extra cost. Refer to
a
APPLICATION: OPERATION:
For maintaining a constant pressure drop across meter sys- This regulator is designed to control a set difference between
tems. Upstream Pressure (Red) and Downstream Pressure (blue). The
differential pressure is set by changing the PILOT SPRING load
with the ADJUSTING SCREW.
PRESSURE RANGE: Any change in Downstream Pressure (Blue) will position the
Ductile Iron: 5 psig to 125 psig Motor Valve Stem Assembly until a like change in Upstream
Ductile Iron: 10 psig to 300 psig Pressure (Red) has occurred to maintain the set differential pres-
Steel: 10 psig to 300 psig sure.
Assume the load produced by the PILOT SPRING and
Downstream Pressure (Blue) acting on the Pilot Assembly has
CAPACITY: caused it to move downward. This opens the upper seat of the
Refer to Table of Contents. PILOT PLUG (Red to Yellow) and closes the lower seat (Yellow
to Atmosphere) admitting full Upstream Pressure (Red) to the
MOTOR VALVE DIAPHRAGM, closing the motor valve seat. The
area of the MOTOR VALVE DIAPHRAGM is twice the area of the
motor valve seat, assuring tight shut-off.
As the Upstream Pressure (Red) increases to the set dif-
ferential pressure, the Pilot Assembly moves upward to first
close the upper seat (Red to Yellow) and open the pressure vent
(Yellow to Atmosphere).The resulting decrease in Motor Valve
Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) permits the increased Upstream
Pressure (Red), acting under the motor valve seat, to open the
valve. With the motor valve open, the Upstream Pressure (Red)
will decrease until the differential pressure across the PILOT
DIAPHRAGM reaches the set point at which time the Pilot
Assembly assumes a position in which both seats of the PILOT
PLUG are closed.
The rapid but stable repositioning, intermittent bleed pilot,
three-way valve action of the PILOT PLUG adjust the Motor
Valve Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) to position the Motor Valve
Stem Assembly and provide true throttling action for any rate
of flow.
Cf & Cv VALUES
Line Size Trim Size Cf Cv
1.00" 0.74 13.2
1"
.50" 0.75 5.0
2.00" 0.75 52.0
2" 2" Removable 0.84 47.0
1.25" 0.75 21.0
3.00" 0.75 117.0
3"
1.62" 0.84 24.0
4.00" 0.75 210.0
4"
2.00" 0.80 55.0
6.00" 0.75 480.0
6"
3.00" 0.80 120.0
Companion flanges, nuts, bolts and gaskets are furnished at extra cost. Refer to
a
LINE THRU
SIZE SCREWED FLANGED
2" 1709 1913
3" 1634 1914
4" 2001 2002
6" ------ 2466
APPLICATION: OPERATION:
Positive pressure control of systems flowing into downstream Assume the PILOT SPRING is compressed with the
vacuum gathering line. ADJUSTING SCREW for a set pressure greater than the
Upstream Pressure (Red). The Pilot Assembly is forced down-
ward by the PILOT SPRING. The lower seat for the PILOT PLUG
(Yellow to Blue) is closed and the upper seat for the PILOT
PRESSURE RANGE: PLUG (Red to Yellow) is open. This lets full Upstream Pressure
Upstream: 5 psig minimum (Red) load the MOTOR VALVE DIAPHRAGM to close the valve.
Downstream: Vacuum Additional closing effort is provided by Downstream Vacuum
(Though designed for downstream vacuum, the regulator will Pressure (Blue) under the MOTOR VALVE DIAPHRAGM.
functon with positive pressure downstream) As the Upstream Pressure (Red) increases to the set pres-
sure, the Pilot Assembly moves upward against the PILOT
CAPACITY: SPRING to first close the upper seat (Red to Yellow) and open
Refer to Table of Contents the lower seat (Yellow to Blue). Motor Valve Diaphragm Pressure
(Yellow) is vented to the Downstream Vacuum Pressure (Blue).
As the Motor Valve Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) is decreased,
the Upstream Pressure (Red) acting under the motor valve seat
and the Downstream Vacuum Pressure (Blue) acting on top of
the motor valve seat, opens the valve. With relief of the Upstream
Pressure (Red) through the valve, the Pilot Assembly assumes a
position in which both seats of the PILOT PLUG are closed.
Motor Valve Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) is regulated by
the intermittent bleed pilot three-way valve action of the PILOT
PLUG to reposition the Motor Valve Stem Assembly for changes
in flow rate. The rapid but stable repositioning produces a true
throttling action.
Cf & Cv VALUES
Line Size Trim Size Cf Cv
1.00" 0.74 13.2
Pilot Assembly 1"
.50" 0.75 5.0
Motor Valve Stem Assembly 2.00" 0.75 52.0
Upstream Pressure 2" 2" Removable 0.84 47.0
Motor Valve Diaphragm Pressure 1.25" 0.75 21.0
3.00" 0.75 117.0
Downstream Pressure 3"
1.62" 0.84 24.0
4.00" 0.75 210.0
4"
2.00" 0.80 55.0
6.00" 0.75 480.0
Adjusting Screw 6"
3.00" 0.80 120.0
Pilot Spring
Pilot Diaphragm
Pilot Plug
Companion flanges, nuts, bolts and gaskets are furnished at extra cost. Refer to
a
APPLICATIONS: OPERATION:
Control 5 to 20 psig back pressure on low pressure vessels This valve maintains a constant back pressure (upstream of
and vent lines of separators, treaters, compressors, and gas the valve) in the 5 psig to 20 psig range. It has a high degree
gathering systems. of sensitivity to upstream changes and extremely fine set-point
adjustment capability.
The moving parts in this regulator are the Pilot Assembly
and the Motor Valve Stem Assembly (crosshatched). The PILOT
FEATURES: PLUG consists of two stainless balls rigidly connected. The
Intermittent bleed pilot upper seat for the PILOT PLUG is the Motor Valve Diaphragm
Soft seat for bubble tight shut-off Pressure vent (Yellow to Atmosphere). The lower seat for the
High capacity (Full opening seat) PILOT PLUG is the Motor Valve Diaphragm Pressure inlet (Red
High accuracy in maintaining upstream pressure to Yellow).
The PILOT SPRING loads the upper side of the Pilot
Assembly. Upstream Pressure (Red) opposes the PILOT
SPRING from the under side of the Pilot Assembly.
PRESSURE RANGE: Assume a desired pressure setting greater than current
Upstream: 5 psig to 20 psig Upstream Pressure (Red). The ADJUSTING SCREW com-
presses the PILOT SPRING. The PILOT SPRING forces the
Pilot Assembly downward. The upper seat for the PILOT PLUG
(Yellow to Atmosphere) closes. The lower seat for the PILOT
CAPACITY: PLUG (Red to Yellow) opens. Motor Valve Diaphragm Pressure
See capacity chart, this section. (Yellow) increases. The Motor Valve Stem Assembly moves
downward closing the valve.
The Upstream Pressure (Red) increases towards the set
pressure. The Pilot Assembly moves upward closing the lower
seat (Red to Yellow) then opening the upper seat (Yellow to
Atmosphere). The Motor Valve Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow)
decreases. Upstream Pressure (Red) acting under the Motor
Valve Stem Assembly opens the motor valve.
The relief of Upstream Pressure (Red) through the motor
valve brings the Pilot assembly to a position closing both seats
of the PILOT PLUG.
The intermittent bleed pilot, three-way valve action of the
PILOT PLUG against its seat adjusts the Motor Valve Diaphragm
Pressure (Yellow) to reposition the Motor Valve Stem Assembly
to accommodate any rate of flow. The rapid but stable reposition-
ing produces a true throttling action.
Cf & Cv VALUES
Line Size Trim Size Cf Cv
1.00" 0.74 13.2
1"
.50" 0.75 5.0
2.00" 0.75 52.0
2" 2" Removable 0.84 47.0
1.25" 0.75 21.0
3.00" 0.75 117.0
3"
1.62" 0.84 24.0
4.00" 0.75 210.0
4"
2.00" 0.80 55.0
6.00" 0.75 480.0
6"
3.00" 0.80 120.0
Companion flanges, nuts, bolts and gaskets are furnished at extra cost. Refer to
a
APPLICATIONS: OPERATION:
Valve designed to regulate ounces (0.5 oz to 2.5 psig) This Regulator maintains a low pressure back pressure by
back pressure on a tank and vent to atmosphere when pres- relieving to a lower pressure or atmosphere. The pressure to
sure exceeds set point. A minnium outside supply of 10 psig is operate the valve is an outside pressure source. The Regulator
required to operate motor valve. consists of a three-way pilot operating a motor valve. The
only moving parts are the Pilot Assembly and the Motor Valve
Stem Assembly (Crosshatched). The three-way pilot action is
FEATURES: due to the operation of the PILOT PLUG. The PILOT PLUG
Intermittent bleed pilot consists of two stainless balls rigidly connected. The upper
Soft seat for bubble tight shut-off PILOT PLUG seat is the Motor Valve Diaphragm Pressure vent
High capacity (Full opening seat) (Yellow to Atmosphere). The lower PILOT PLUG seat is the
External pilot isolating process stream from instrument sup- Motor Valve Diaphragm Pressure inlet (Violet to Yellow). The
ply gas Pilot Assembly actuates the PILOT PLUG. The force of the
PILOT SPRING above the PILOT DIAPHRAGM acts against
the Upstream Pressure (Red) below the PILOT DIAPHRAGM to
determine the motion of the Pilot Assembly.
PRESSURE RANGE: Assume a desired Upstream Pressure (Red) greater than
UPSTREAM PRESSURE: .5 oz to 2.5 psig the current setting. The ADJUSTING SCREW compresses
Optional springs provide a set point of:
the PILOT SPRING. The PILOT SPRING forces the Pilot
1 oz to 5 psig or
Assembly downward. First, the upper PILOT PLUG seat (Yellow
1 psig to 20 psig
to Atmosphere) closes, then the lower PILOT PLUG seat (Violet
to Yellow) opens. Increased Motor Valve Diaphragm Pressure
(Yellow) pushes the Motor Valve Stem Assembly downward and
CAPACITY: closes the motor valve.
See Table of Contents Assume the Upstream Pressure (Red) increases. The
increased Upstream Pressure pushes the Pilot Assembly
upward against the PILOT SPRING. This first, closes the
Motor Valve Assembly lower PILOT PLUG seat (Violet to Yellow), then opens the
Pilot Assembly
upper PILOT PLUG seat (Yellow to Atmosphere). Motor Valve
Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) decreases, Upstream Pressure
Motor Valve Diaphragm Pressure (Red) pushes the Motor Valve Diaphragm Assembly upward.
Downstream Pressure The motor valve opens.
This rapid but stable interaction of the Pilot Assembly and
Upstream Pressure Motor Valve Diaphragm Assembly produce a true throttling
Supply Pressure (outside source) Adjusting Screw action.
Cf & Cv VALUES
Pilot Spring Line Size Trim Size Cf Cv
1.00" 0.74 13.2
1"
.50" 0.75 5.0
2.00" 0.75 52.0
2" 2" Removable 0.84 47.0
Pilot Diaphragm
1.25" 0.75 21.0
3.00" 0.75 117.0
3"
1.62" 0.84 24.0
4.00" 0.75 210.0
4"
2.00" 0.80 55.0
6.00" 0.75 480.0
6"
3.00" 0.80 120.0
Pilot Plug
Oil
Guage 4080
Plug 699
Seat 565*
Nut 241, 4 Req'd.
Pilot Plug 112*
*Diaphragm 110
*Seat 113 Spring 1360*
*Gasket 118
Screw 190, 6 Req'd.
Base 4995
Diaphragm 127*
Nipple 2516
Plug 1357
Bonnet 4477
Lower Housing 142 Gasket 195*
Oil
Diaphragm Plate 132 Spring 1358
Body 182
4851, 2"
1719, 2"
1636, 3" 214, 3"
2003, 4" 4853, 4"
2177, 6"
4854, 6"
www.kimray.com
OUNCES PRESSURE REGULATOR
BACK PRESSURE TO VACUUM
APPLICATIONS: OPERATION:
To maintain ounces of positive pressure on systems flowing Assume the PILOT SPRING is compressed with the
into a downstream vacuum, such as vapor recovery systems. ADJUSTING SCREW for a set pressure greater than the
Upstream Pressure (Red). The Pilot Assembly is forced down-
ward by the PILOT SPRING. The lower seat for the PILOT PLUG
(Yellow to Blue) is closed and the upper seat for the PILOT
PRESSURE RANGE: PLUG (Red to Yellow) is open. This lets full Upstream Pressure
Upstream: 0.5 ounces to 2.5 psig (Red) load the MOTOR VALVE DIAPHRAGM to close the valve.
Downstream: 6" Hg. Vacuum, minimum Additional closing effort is provided by Downstream Vacuum
(Blue) under the MOTOR VALVE DIAPHRAGM.
As the Upstream Pressure (Red) increases to the set pres-
sure, the Pilot Assembly moves upward against the PILOT
CAPACITY: SPRING to first close the upper seat (Red to Yellow) and open
See capacity chart, this section. the lower seat (Yellow to Blue). Motor Valve Diaphragm Pressure
(Yellow) is vented to the Downstream Vacuum (Blue).
Cf & Cv VALUES As the Motor Valve Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) is decreased
Line Size Trim Size Cf Cv the Upstream Pressure (Red) acting under the motor valve seat
1"
1.00" 0.74 13.2 and the Downstream Vacuum (Blue) acting on top of the motor
.50" 0.75 5.0 valve seat, opens the valve. With relief of the Upstream Pressure
2.00" 0.75 52.0 (Red) through the valve, the Pilot Assembly assumes a position
2" 2" Removable 0.84 47.0 in which both seats of the PILOT PLUG are closed.
1.25" 0.75 21.0 Motor Valve Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) is regulated by
3"
3.00" 0.75 117.0 the intermittent bleed pilot three-way valve action of the PILOT
1.62" 0.84 24.0 PLUG to reposition the Motor Valve Stem Assembly for changes
4"
4.00" 0.75 210.0 in flow rate. The rapid but stable repositioning produces a true
2.00" 0.80 55.0 throttling action.
6.00" 0.75 480.0
6"
3.00" 0.80 120.0
APPLICATIONS: OPERATION:
Low pressure regulator for maintaining vapor pressure on This valve is used to regulate Downstream Pressure (Blue)
storage tanks, controlling compressor by-pass for gas recircula- from 0.5 oz to 20 psig by metering gas from the upstream source
tion and maintaining low pressure head on flash separators. to the downstream side as required.
The Pilot Assembly and Motor Valve Stem Assembly
FEATURES: (Crosshatched) are the only moving units in the regulator.
Intermittent bleed pilot The PILOT PLUG consists of two stainless balls rigidly con-
Soft seat for bubble tight shut-off nected together. Upstream Pressure (Red) is the supply pres-
Static sense line allowing remote sensing sure to the pilot and is also in constant communication with the
Outside pilot supply can be used to isolate process stream top side of the MOTOR VALVE DIAPHRAGM. The area of the
from instrument supply gas. MOTOR VALVE DIAPHRAGM is twice the area of the motor
valve seat, assuring a positive shut-off.
UPSTREAM PRESSURE RANGE: The upper seat for the PILOT PLUG is the pressure vent
1 Inch valves: (Yellow to Atmosphere). The lower PILOT PLUG seat is the
Full port 10 psig min. or outside supply source is required Motor Valve Diaphragm Pressure inlet (Red to Yellow). The Pilot
Reduced port 5 psig min. or outside supply source is required Assembly actuates the PILOT PLUG. The PILOT SPRING loads
2 thru 6 inch valves: the upper side of the Pilot Assembly and is opposed on the
5 psig min. or outside supply source is required underneath side by the controlled Downstream Pressure (Blue).
Assume the PILOT SPRING is compressed with the
ADJUSTING SCREW for a desired Downstream Pressure
Cf & Cv VALUES setting. With Downstream Pressure (Blue) too low, the PILOT
Line Size Trim Size Cf Cv SPRING forces the Pilot Assembly downward to close the upper
1"
1.00" 0.74 13.2 seat (Yellow to Atmosphere) and open the lower seat (Red to
.50" 0.75 5.0 Yellow).
2.00" 0.75 52.0 This lets full Upstream Pressure (Red) load the underneath
2" 2" Removable 0.84 47.0 side of the MOTOR VALVE DIAPHRAGM to balance the pres-
1.25" 0.75 21.0 sure on the top side. Upstream Pressure (Red) acting under the
3"
3.00" 0.75 117.0 motor valve seat, opens the valve. As Downstream Pressure
1.62" 0.84 24.0 (Blue) increases to the set pressure, the Pilot Assembly assumes
4"
4.00" 0.75 210.0 a position in which both seats of the PILOT PLUG are closed.
2.00" 0.80 55.0 Should Downstream Pressure (Blue) rise above the set
6"
6.00" 0.75 480.0 pressure, the Pilot Assembly moves upward against the PILOT
3.00" 0.80 120.0 SPRING to open the pressure vent (Yellow to Atmosphere).
Motor Valve Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) decreases to reposi-
tion the Motor Valve Stem Assembly.
The intermittent bleed pilot three-way valve action of
the PILOT PLUG against its seat adjusts the Motor Valve
Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) to reposition the Motor
Valve Stem Assembly to accommodate any rate of flow.
The rapid but stable repositioning produces a true throt-
tling action.
Housing 1206
Plate 132SS6
* Back Up 148T, 2 Req'd.
Ell 294
Stem 137
www.kimray.com
OUNCES PRESSURE REGULATOR
PRESSURE REDUCING VACUUM
APPLICATIONS: OPERATION:
Gas compressor suction regulation. Vapor pressure recover- This valve is used to regulate a downstream vacuum from 1”
ing systems and vacuum distribution systems, and compressor to 6” Hg. with an upstream pressure of 0.5 psig or more. The only
by-pass lines. moving parts are the Pilot Assembly and the Motor Valve Stem
Assembly (Crosshatched). The three-way pilot action is due to
the operation of the PILOT PLUG. The PILOT PLUG consists
of two stainless balls rigidly connected. The upper PILOT PLUG
FEATURES: seat is the Motor Valve Diaphragm Pressure vent (Yellow to
Intermittent bleed pilot Atmosphere). The lower PILOT PLUG seat is the Motor Valve
Soft seat for bubble tight seal Diaphragm Pressure inlet (Red to Yellow). The Pilot Assembly
High capacity (full opening seat) actuates the PILOT PLUG. The combined forces of the PILOT
Low sensitivity to upstream pressure variations (≈22:1) SPRING and the Downstream Vacuum (Blue) above the PILOT
Outside pilot supply can be used to isolate process stream DIAPHRAGM working against atmosphere below the PILOT
Static sense line allowing remote sensing DIAPHRAGM determine the motion of the Pilot Assembly.
Assume a desired Downstream Vacuum greater than the cur-
rent gauge reading. The ADJUSTING SCREW compresses the
PILOT SPRING. The PILOT SPRING forces the Pilot Assembly
UPSTREAM PRESSURE RANGE: downward. First, the upper PILOT PLUG (Yellow to Atmosphere)
1 Inch valves: closes, then the lower PILOT PLUG seat (Red to Yellow) opens.
Full port 10 psig min. or outside supply source is required Increasing Motor Valve Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) pushes the
Reduced port 5 psig min. or outside supply source is required Motor Valve Stem Assembly downward and closes the motor
2 thru 6 inch valves: valve.
5 psig min. or outside supply source is required Assume Downstream Vacuum increases. The increased
vacuum pulls the Pilot Assembly upward against the PILOT
SPRING. This first, closes the lower PILOT PLUG seat (Red
to Yellow), then opens the upper PILOT PLUG seat (Yellow
to Atmosphere). Motor Valve Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow)
decreases, The force of the spring and Upstream Pressure
(Red), acting under the motor valve seat, pushes the Motor Valve
Stem Assembly upward. The motor valve opens.
This rapid but stable interaction of the Pilot Assembly and
Motor Valve Stem Assembly produce a true throttling action
accommodating any rate of flow.
Cf & Cv VALUES
Line Size Trim Size Cf Cv
1.00" 0.74 13.2
1"
.50" 0.75 5.0
2.00" 0.75 52.0
2" 2" Removable 0.84 47.0
1.25" 0.75 21.0
3.00" 0.75 117.0
3"
1.62" 0.84 24.0
4.00" 0.75 210.0
4"
2.00" 0.80 55.0
6.00" 0.75 480.0
6"
3.00" 0.80 120.0
Body 2033
THRU VALVES AVAILABLE: CAST IRON THRU VALVES AVAILABLE: CAST IRON
CAT. SIZE OPER. MAX CAT. SIZE OPER. MAX
NO. TYPE REG. NO. PRES. W.P. KIT NO. TYPE REG. NO. PRES. W.P. KIT
APH2.5 2" SCRD. 2.2 SGT OPRV 5" Hg. 175 RUE APN2.5 4" SCRD. 4.2 SGT OPRV 5" Hg. 175 RUG
APH5 2" SCRD. 2.5 SGT OPRV 10" Hg. 175 RUE APN5 4" SCRD. 4.5 SGT OPRV 10" Hg. 175 RUG
APH20 2" SCRD. 202 SGT OPRV 30" Hg. 175 RUE APN20 4" SCRD. 402 SGT OPRV 30" Hg. 175 RUG
API2.5 2" FLGD.a 2.2 FGT OPRV 5" Hg. 175 RUE APO2.5 4" FLGD.a 4.2 FGT OPRV 5" Hg. 175 RUG
API5 2" FLGD.a 2.5 FGT OPRV 10" Hg. 175 RUE APO5 4" FLGD.a 4.5 FGT OPRV 10" Hg. 175 RUG
API20 2" FLGD.a 202 FGT OPRV 30" Hg. 175 RUE APO20 4" FLGD.a 402 FGT OPRV 30" Hg. 175 RUG
APJ2.5 2" GRVD. 2.2 GGT OPRV 5" Hg. 175 RUE APR2.5 6" FLGD.a 6.2 FGT OPRV 5" Hg. 175 RUH
APJ5 2" GRVD. 2.5 GGT OPRV 10" Hg. 175 RUE APR5 6" FLGD.a 6.5 FGT OPRV 10" Hg. 175 RUH
APJ20 2" GRVD. 202 GGT OPRV 30" Hg. 175 RUE APR20 6" FLGD.a 602 FGT OPRV 30" Hg. 175 RUH
APK2.5 3" SCRD. 3.2 SGT OPRV 5" Hg. 175 RUF
Dimensions refer to Table of Contents.
APK5 3" SCRD. 3.5 SGT OPRV 10" Hg. 175 RUF
APK20 3" SCRD. 302 SGT OPRV 30" Hg. 175 RUF *These parts are recommended spare parts and are stocked as repair kits.
APL2.5 3" FLGD.a 3.2 FGT OPRV 5" Hg. 175 RUF
APL5 3" FLGD.a 3.5 FGT OPRV 10" Hg. 175 RUF The number of a series assigned to a part indicated different line sizes. For example:
Diaphragm 128-2", 129-3", 130-4" and 131-6".
APL20 3" FLGD.a 302 FGT OPRV 30" Hg. 175 RUF
Companion flanges, nuts, bolts and gaskets are furnished at extra cost. Refer to
a
Gas capacities are based on pressure taken immediately HOW TO USE CHARTS: Locate UPSTREAM PRESSURE
upstream and downstream from the regulator in a wide open at left of chart. Follow horizontally across to PRESSURE
position. DROP (upstream minus downstream pressure). Read VOLUME
Critical flow exists across a valve or orifice when the down- directly below. If the horizontal projection of the upstream pres-
stream absolute pressure is approximately half of the upstream sure does not intersect the given pressure drop, flow is critical.
absolute pressure. Any decrease in downstream pressure will In this case project UPSTREAM PRESSURE horizontally to the
not increase the flow through the valve. Critical flow conditions MAXIMUM CAPACITY LINE and read VOLUME directly below.
on the charts are represented by the MAXIMUM CAPACITY
LINE. *
For gravity correction multiply above capacities by .65
where G equals specific gravity of gas. G;
140
UPSTREAM PRESSURE-LBS. PER SQ. IN. ABSOLUTE (Gauge + 14.4 psig)
40
20
30
15
10
8
6
120
4
1
90 100
25
5
0.
0.
80
70
60
.
IN
50
.
SQ
R
40
E
P
S.
B
-L
30
OP
R
D
E
16 20
R
U
SS
E
R
GAS CAPACITY
8 10 12
P
E
LIN
CITY
M CAP
A 2 inch
6
IMU
MAX
"G" Series Regulators
4
3
1.5 2
1
.06 .07 .08 .09 .10 .15 .2 .25 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0
VOLUME-MILLIONS CU. FT. PER 24 HRS.-.65 SPECIFIC GRAVITY GAS AT 14.4 psig @ 60°
140
40
UPSTREAM PRESSURE-LBS. PER SQ. IN. ABSOLUTE (Gauge + 14.4 psig)
20
30
15
8
120
10
6
4
2
1
90 100
5
25
0.
0.
80
70
.
IN
60
.
Q
S
50
R
E
P
.
40
S
- LB
P
O
30
R
D
E
R
U
16 20
S
S
E
R
P
E GAS CAPACITY
8 10 12
LIN
TY
ACI
CAP
UM 3 inch
MA XIM
6
VOLUME-MILLIONS CU. FT. PER 24 HRS.-.65 SPECIFIC GRAVITY GAS AT 14.4 psig @ 60°
Gas capacities are based on pressure taken immediately HOW TO USE CHARTS: Locate UPSTREAM PRESSURE
upstream and downstream from the regulator in a wide open at left of chart. Follow horizontally across to PRESSURE
position. DROP (upstream minus downstream pressure). Read VOLUME
Critical flow exists across a valve or orifice when the down- directly below. If the horizontal projection of the upstream pres-
stream absolute pressure is approximately half of the upstream sure does not intersect the given pressure drop, flow is critical.
absolute pressure. Any decrease in downstream pressure will In this case project UPSTREAM PRESSURE horizontally to the
not increase the flow through the valve. Critical flow conditions MAXIMUM CAPACITY LINE and read VOLUME directly below.
on the charts are represented by the MAXIMUM CAPACITY
LINE. *
For gravity correction multiply above capacities by .65
where G equals specific gravity of gas. G;
40
30
20
15
10
8
6
120
4
1
90 100
25
5
0.
0.
80
70
60
.
IN
50
.
SQ
R
E
40
P
S.
B
-L
30
OP
R
D
E
16 20
R
U
SS
E
R
P GAS CAPACITY
8 10 12
E
LIN
TY
ACI 4 inch
CAP
MUM
6
I
MAX
"G" Series Regulators
4
3
1.5 2
1
VOLUME-MILLIONS CU. FT. PER 24 HRS.-.65 SPECIFIC GRAVITY GAS AT 14.4 psig @ 60° *
140
40
UPSTREAM PRESSURE-LBS. PER SQ. IN. ABSOLUTE (Gauge + 14.4 psig)
20
30
15
8
120
10
6
4
2
1
90 100
5
25
0.
0.
80
70
.
IN
60
.
Q
S
50
R
E
P
.
40
S
- LB
P
O
30
R
D
E
R
U
16 20
S
S
E
R
P
E GAS CAPACITY
8 10 12
LIN
TY
ACI
CAP
AXI
MUM 6 inch
M
6
VOLUME-MILLIONS CU. FT. PER 24 HRS.-.65 SPECIFIC GRAVITY GAS AT 14.4 psig @ 60° *
Gas capacities are based on pressure taken immediately HOW TO USE CHARTS: Locate UPSTREAM PRESSURE
upstream and downstream from the regulator in a wide open at left of chart. Follow horizontally across to PRESSURE DROP
position. (upstream minus downstream pressure). Read VOLUME directly
Critical flow exists across a valve or orifice when the down- below. If the horizontal projection of the upstream pressure does
stream absolute pressure is approximately half of the upstream not intersect the given pressure drop, flow is critical. In this case
absolute pressure. Any decrease in downstream pressure will not project UPSTREAM PRESSURE horizontally to the MAXIMUM
increase the flow through the valve. Critical flow conditions on the CAPACITY LINE and read VOLUME directly below.
charts are represented by the MAXIMUM CAPACITY LINE.
*
For gravity correction multiply above capacities by .65
where G equals specific gravity of gas. G;
515
510
500
490
480
470
460
10
450
15
0
440
20
12
IN.
430
30
110
40
50
SQ.
420
60
80
100
410
PER
UPSTREAM PRESSURE-LBS. PER SQ. IN. ABSOLUTE (Gauge + 14.4 psig)
400
BS
390
P-L
380
DRO
370
360
RE
350
SSU
340
PRE
330
320
310
300
290
280
270
260
250
240
230
E
N
LI
220
TY
CI
210
A
P
CA
200
M
U
IM
190
X
180
140 TO 515
170 ABSOLUTE psig PRESSURE
2 in. "G" SERIES REGULATORS
160
150
140
3.5 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
VOLUME-MILLIONS CU. FT. PER 24 HRS-.65 SPECIFIC GRAVITY GAS @ 14.4 & 60° *
Gas capacities are based on pressure taken immediately HOW TO USE CHARTS: Locate UPSTREAM PRESSURE
upstream and downstream from the regulator in a wide open at left of chart. Follow horizontally across to PRESSURE
position. DROP (upstream minus downstream pressure). Read VOLUME
Critical flow exists across a valve or orifice when the down- directly below. If the horizontal projection of the upstream pres-
stream absolute pressure is approximately half of the upstream sure does not intersect the given pressure drop, flow is critical.
absolute pressure. Any decrease in downstream pressure will In this case project UPSTREAM PRESSURE horizontally to the
not increase the flow through the valve. Critical flow conditions MAXIMUM CAPACITY LINE and read VOLUME directly below.
on the charts are represented by the MAXIMUM CAPACITY
*
For gravity correction multiply above capacities by .65
LINE. G;
where G equals specific gravity of gas.
50
40
100
80
30
60
280
20
UPSTREAM PRESSURE - LBS. PER SQ. IN. ABSOLUTE (Gauge + 14.4 psig)
270
15
10
8
260
.
. IN
250
SQ
ER
240
. P
BS
- L
230
OP
DR
220
RE
SU
ES
210
PR
E
N
LI
200
TY
CI
PA
CA
190
UM
IM
AX
180
M
170
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 25 30
VOLUME - MILLIONS CU. FT. PER 24 HRS. - .65 SP. GR. GAS AT 14.4 & 60° *
Gas capacities are based on pressure taken immediately HOW TO USE CHARTS: Locate UPSTREAM PRESSURE
upstream and downstream from the regulator in a wide open at left of chart. Follow horizontally across to PRESSURE
position. DROP (upstream minus downstream pressure). Read VOLUME
Critical flow exists across a valve or orifice when the down- directly below. If the horizontal projection of the upstream pres-
stream absolute pressure is approximately half of the upstream sure does not intersect the given pressure drop, flow is critical.
absolute pressure. Any decrease in downstream pressure will In this case project UPSTREAM PRESSURE horizontally to the
not increase the flow through the valve. Critical flow conditions MAXIMUM CAPACITY LINE and read VOLUME directly below.
on the charts are represented by the MAXIMUM CAPACITY
For gravity correction multiply above capacities by .65
LINE. *
G;
where G equals specific gravity of gas.
310 315
300
290
280
20
30
10
15
8
270
UPSTREAM PRESSURE - LBS. PER SQ. IN. ABSOLUTE (Gauge + 14.4 psig)
60
100
50
80
40
.
. IN
260
SQ
250
ER
. P
BS
240
- L
OP
230
DR
RE
220
SU
ES
PR
210
200
E
N
LI
TY
190
I
AC
P
CA
UM
180
IM
AX
M
170
140 TO 315
ABSOLUTE psig PRESSURE
150
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 52
VOLUME - MILLIONS CU. FT. PER 24 HRS. - .65 SP. GR. GAS AT 14.4 & 60° *
Gas capacities are based on pressure taken immediately HOW TO USE CHARTS: Locate UPSTREAM PRESSURE
upstream and downstream from the regulator in a wide open as left of chart. Follow horizontally across to PRESSURE
position. DROP (upstream minus downstream pressure). Read VOLUME
Critical flow exists across a valve or orifice when the down- directly below. If the horizontal projection of the upstream pres-
stream absolute pressure is approximately half of the upstream sure does not intersect the given pressure drop, flow is critical.
absolute pressure. Any decrease in downstream pressure will In this case project UPSTREAM PRESSURE horizontally to the
not increase the flow through the valve. Critical flow conditions MAXIMUM CAPACITY LINE and read VOLUME directly below.
on the charts are represented by the MAXIMUM CAPACITY
.65
LINE. *
For gravity correction multiply above capacities by
G;
where G equals specific gravity of gas.
10
280
15
UPSTREAM PRESSURE - LBS. PER SQ. IN. ABSOLUTE (Gauge + 14.4 psig)
270
20
30
100
80
40
60
50
260
IN.
Q.
250
R S
E
. P
240
BS
- L
230
OP
DR
220
RE
SU
ES
210
PR
200
E
190
N
LI
TY
CI
PA
180
CA
UM
M
170
I
AX
M
140 TO 315
ABSOLUTE psig PRESSURE
150
Gas capacities are based on pressure taken immediately HOW TO USE CHARTS: Locate UPSTREAM PRESSURE
upstream and downstream from the regulator in a wide open at left of chart. Follow horizontally across to PRESSURE
position. DROP (upstream minus downstream pressure). Read VOLUME
Critical flow exists across a valve or orifice when the down- directly below. If the horizontal projection of the upstream pres-
stream absolute pressure is approximately half of the upstream sure does not intersect the given pressure drop, flow is critical.
absolute pressure. Any decrease in downstream pressure will In this case project UPSTREAM PRESSURE horizontally to the
not increase the flow through the valve. Critical flow conditions MAXIMUM CAPACITY LINE and read VOLUME directly below.
on the charts are represented by the MAXIMUM CAPACITY
.65
LINE. *
For gravity correction multiply above capacities by
G;
where G equals specific gravity of gas.
CAST IRON OR DUCTILE STEEL 250 S/FGT-BP-S
CAST IRON OR DUCTILE STEEL
LINE BODY
SIZE STYLE A B C D* E F G H* I
1" SCRD 4 /8"
3
1 /8"1
7 /2"
1
11 /8"
5
3 /4"
1
SCRD 8 /2"
1
2 /8"1
11 /2"
1
10 /2"
1
6 1/2"
2" FLGD 9" 3" 11 1/2" 10 1/2" 6 1/2" 9 1/8" 14 1/2" 14"
GRVD 8 /4"
3
2 /8"1
11 /2"
1
10 /2"
1
6 /2"
1
3"
FLGD 12 /16"
3
3 /4"
3
13" 12" 8 1/2" 12 5/16" 16 1/2" 15 1/2"
A:140.8 ‡
Configuration of Back Pressure Valve ia a trademark of Kimray, Inc. Current Revision:
Issued 1/13 www.kimray.com Change Logo
LEVEL CONTROLS
FLOAT OPERATED
C1
SECTION
www.kimray.com
NOTE: We reserve the right to modify or change, without prior
notice, any statement or information contained herein. If exact dimen-
sions or specifications are required by the customer
certified prints will be furnished for a minimum charge upon request
to KIMRAY, Inc.
® Copyright 1992, KIMRAY, Inc.
FLOAT OPERATED LEVEL CONTROLLERS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ACCESSORIES
GEN II BODIES ............................................................50.2
Plates and Adapters designed to install GEN II pilots in
a wide variety of openings.
ORDERING INFORMATION
To order standard Float Operated Pilots, refer to Pilots
Available chart on each parts reference page. Determine
which Pilot is needed and order by “Cat. No.”
Standard pilot body is a 2" NPT male connection rated at
4000 psig W.P. for other connections and their ratings refer
to Bodies in Table of Contents.
Standard Displacement float material is Delrin or
Polyethylene, Nickel plated aluminum or Teflon floats are
available on request. An additional charge will be made for
nonstandard floats. For floats available, refer to Floats, in
Table of Contents.
AFLAS ®
is a trade mark of Asahi Glass Co TEFLON (T)
TEMPERATURE: TEMPERATURE:
+30° to +500° F -40° to +400° F
0° to +260° C -20° to +204° C
APPLICATION: APPLICATION:
Crude Oil & Gas Production (High heat), Steam Chemically Inert Elastomer Best in static Do not use at
Flood Production Chemicals (corrosion inhibitors) Amine low temps
Sweetener Systems, Gasoline, Diesel, Fuel Oil Systems
FLUID / GAS:
FLUID / GAS: Almost All Chemicals
Crude Oil & Gas Production, H2S, Steam, Petroleum
fluids, Sea Water
VITON ®
is a trade mark of Dupont
APPLICATIONS: OPERATION:
Liquid level controller for oil and gas separators, water knock- The GEN II Side Mount Liquid Level Controller consists of a
outs, gas scrubbers and accumulators. DISPLACER for monitoring the changing liquid level, a SPRING
Liquid interface control in fluids of 0.20 minimum differential for counterbalancing the weight of the DISPLACER, a WAGGLE
specific gravities with the standard displacer. Other displacers ARM to transmit DISPLACER movement, a CASE upon which
are available to control liquid interface to 0.10 minimum specific the controller mechanism is mounted, a 30 psig PILOT, a LINK
gravities. and TANGENT ARM for setting the pilot sensitivity and direct/
Operates any diaphragm motor valve requiring not more than indirect action of the controller.
30 psig diaphragm pressure. See sections E1, E2, E3, and E4 for The color cross section of the pilot is shown identifying the
diaphragm operated motor valves. supply, output and vent connections. In SNAP SERVICE the
SELECTOR PLATE is position to the “S”. To operate a Pressure
Opening Motor Valve, the PULL PIN is place in the outer most
FEATURES: hole of the TANGENT ARM right of the PIVOT. As the vessel
Compact design
liquid rises to partially submerge the DISPLACER, the displaced
Snap or throttle control in one pilot
volume of liquid causes the counterbalance spring to exert a
Intermittent bleed pilot (Preferred EPA Natural Gas Star BMP)
downward force at the end of the WAGGLE ARM HOUSING.
Bleed Rate (@ 30 psi - 0.4 scfd snap; 0.6 scfd throttle)
The resulting downward movement of the LINK moves the TAN-
NACE MR0175 compliant Wetted Parts
GENT ARM downward from the ACTUATOR of the PILOT. The
•• Certification documents Avaliable upon request, specify
generated force of the DISPLACER continues until it activates
when ordering
and SNAPS the PILOT on. YELLOW OUTPUT pressure opens
Low Temp Process Seal (Std.) (-50°F to 300°F)
the Pressure Opening Motor Valve allowing the vessel liquid to
Powder coated enclosure
drain.
Vibration tough
As the vessel liquid lowers, the DISPLACER flexes the
No vent gas in Enclosure
COUNTERBALANCE SPRING, causing an upward force. The
PVC Displacer (Std.) (4000 psi, 175°F);
WAGGLE ARM transmits the action through the linkage to the
316 SS Displacer (1500 psi, 350°F)
ACTUATOR on the PILOT. The force on the ACTUATOR of the
40 micron supply gas filter
PILOT continues to increase until the PILOT SNAPS off. The
1/4” NPT vented pilot
YELLOW OUTPUT pressure is vented through the PILOT allow-
Simple pilot removal
ing the Motor Valve to close.
The TANGENT ARM can be adjusted to increase or de-
SUPPLY PRESSURE: crease the SNAP RANGE from 5” to 10” in water. Moving the
5 to 30 psig PULL PIN inward will increase the SNAP RANGE.
For THROTTLE mode the LOCK KNOB is loosened and the
OPERATING PRESSURE: SELECTOR PLATE is moved from the “S” position to the “T” po-
0 to 4000 psig sition. The PULL PIN is placed left of the PIVOT for a Pressure
Open Motor Valve and right of the PIVOT for a Pressure Close
Motor Valve.
Supply Pressure
Output Pressure
Vent
Lock Knob
Snap Setting
Pull Pin
Control Knob
Spring Assy
Displacer
Retainer 5459
Tangent Arm 5466
* Teflon Seal Ring 5545
O Ring 855LTV
Link 6607
Housing 5456 Set Screw 5595
APPLICATIONS: OPERATION:
Liquid level controller for oil and gas separators, water knock- The GEN II Back Mount Liquid Level Controller consists of a
outs, gas scrubbers and accumulators. DISPLACER for monitoring the changing liquid level, a SPRING
Liquid interface control in fluids of 0.20 minimum differential for counterbalancing the weight of the DISPLACER, a WAGGLE
specific gravities with the standard displacer. Other displacers ARM to transmit DISPLACER movement, a BACK PLATE upon
are available to control liquid interface to 0.10 minimum specific which the controller mechanism is mounted, a 30 psig PILOT,
gravities. a LINK and TANGENT ARM for setting the pilot sensitivity and
Operates any diaphragm motor valve requiring not more than direct/indirect action of the controller.
30 psig diaphragm pressure. See sections E1, E2, E3, and E4 for The color cross section of the pilot is shown identifying the
diaphragm operated motor valves. supply, output and vent connections. In SNAP SERVICE the
SELECTOR PLATE is position to the “S”. To operate a Pressure
FEATURES: Opening Motor Valve, the PULL PIN is place in the outer most
Compact design hole of the TANGENT ARM left of the PIVOT. As the vessel liq-
Snap or throttle control in one pilot uid rises to partially submerge the DISPLACER. The displaced
Intermittent bleed pilot (Preferred EPA Natural Gas Star BMP) volume of liquid causes the counterbalance spring to exert a
Bleed Rate (@ 30 psi - 0.4 scfd snap; 0.6 scfd throttle) downward force at the end of the WAGGLE ARM HOUSING.
NACE MR0175 compliant Wetted Parts The resulting downward movement of the LINK moves the TAN-
•• Certification documents Avaliable upon request, specify GENT ARM downward from the ACTUATOR of the PILOT. The
when ordering generated force of the DISPLACER continues until it activates
Low Temp Process Seal (Std.) (-50°F to 300°F) and SNAPS the PILOT on. YELLOW OUTPUT pressure opens
Powder coated enclosure the Pressure Opening Motor Valve allowing the vessel liquid to
Vibration tough
drain.
No vent gas in Enclosure
As the vessel liquid lowers, the DISPLACER compresses the
PVC Displacer (Std.) (4000 psi, 175°F);
316 SS Displacer (1500 psi, 350°F) COUNTERBALANCE SPRING. The WAGGLE ARM trans-
40 micron supply gas filter mits the action through the linkage to the ACTUATOR on the
1/4” NPT vented pilot PILOT. The force on the ACTUATOR of the PILOT continues to
Adjustment knob snap range (Patent Pending) increase until the PILOT SNAPS off. The YELLOW OUTPUT
Simple pilot removal pressure is vented through the PILOT allowing the Motor Valve
to close.
SUPPLY PRESSURE: The PILOT SENSITIVITY KNOB can be turned to increase
5 to 30 psi or decrease the SNAP RANGE from 4” to 9” in water. Turning
the PILOT SENSITIVITY KNOB clockwise will increase the
SNAP RANGE. The PILOT SENSITIVITY KNOB is not func-
OPERATING PRESSURE: tional in the THROTTLE mode.
0 to 4000 psig
For THROTTLE mode the LOCK KNOB is loosened and the
SELECTOR PLATE is moved from the “S” position to the “T” po-
sition. The PULL PIN is placed right of the PIVOT for a Pressure
Open Motor Valve and left of the PIVOT for a Pressure Close
Supply Pressure Motor Valve.
Output Pressure Pilot Sensitivity Knob
Vent
Selector Plate
Pull Pin
Snap Setting
Back Plate
Pivot
Counter-balance
Spring
Control Knob
Actuator
Displacer
Tangent Arm
Link
Coupling 5454
Screw 5485
Tangent Arm 6535
Pull pin 6549
Link Body 6546
Screw 6537
Yoke 6538
Retainer 6542
Screw 2426
Adj. Screw 6556 Float Assy 6562A
Waggle Arm Wire 6533
Back Plate 6510 O Ring 855LTV*
Spring 6547
Adj. Knob 6544 Teflon Seal Ring 5545*
Set Screw 5595
Gasket 6530 Waggle Arm Housing 6532
Screw 6539
Pivot Rod 6534
Cover Screw 6548
Cover 6511
Teflon Seal Ring 5545*
*O Ring 6552NP
O Ring 855LTV*
Not Shown:
Lens 5447, 2 Req’d.
Decal 6540
APPLICATIONS: OPERATION:
Liquid level controller for oil and gas separators, water knock- The GEN II Electronic Back Mount Liquid Level Controller
outs, gas scrubbers and accumulators. consists of a DISPLACER for monitoring the changing liq-
Liquid interface control in fluids of 0.20 minimum differential uid level, a SPRING for counterbalancing the weight of the
specific gravities with the standard displacer. Other displacers DISPLACER, a WAGGLE ARM to transmit DISPLACER move-
are available to control liquid interface to 0.10 minimum specific ment, a BACK PLATE upon which the controller mechanism is
gravities. mounted, a LINK a TANGENT ARM for setting the pilot sensitiv-
ity, a SNAP RANGE ADJUSTING KNOB for setting liquid level
spans, and 2 NAMUR SENSORS.
FEATURES: The PULL PIN is placed in the outer most hole of the
Compact design TANGENT ARM right of the PIVOT. As the vessel liquid rises to
Snap Action partially submerge the DISPLACER. The displaced volume of
NACE MR0175 compliant Wetted Parts liquid causes the counterbalance spring to exert a downward
•• Certification documents Avaliable upon request, specify force at the end of the WAGGLE ARM HOUSING. The resulting
when ordering downward movement of the LINK moves the TANGENT ARM
Low Temp Process Seal (Std.) (-50°F to 300°F) upward toward the TOP LEVEL SENSOR until the TOP LEVEL
Powder coated enclosure SENSOR activates.
Vibration tough As the vessel liquid lowers, the DISPLACER compresses the
PVC Displacer (Std.) (4000 psi, 175°F); COUNTERBALANCE SPRING. The WAGGLE ARM transmits
316 SS Displacer (1500 psi, 350°F) the action through the linkage to the TANGENT ARM. The
Adjustment knob snap range (Patent Pending) TANGENT ARM continues to move until the SNAP SENSOR
2 NAMURs Sensor (Intrisically Safe, Class I Div 1) activates.
Type 3r Enclosure
The SNAP RANGE ADJUSTING KNOB can be turned to
increase or decrease the SNAP RANGE from 2" to 9" in water.
POWER SPECS (6841 I.S. BARRIER): Turning the KNOB clockwise will increase the SNAP RANGE.
10-30 VDC, ≤ 1.5W (Intrisically Safe Barrier, Class I Div 2) The SENSOR leads are wired to a Class I Div 2 IS barrier for
Barrier output Relay Contacts: ≤ 2A @ 250 VAC / 120 VDC output to a controller such as a RTU, PLC, etc.
OPERATING PRESSURE:
0 to 4000 psig
Snap Range
Adjusting Knob Vertical Sensor
Back Plate
Pull Pin
Span Sensor
Top Level Sensor
Pivot Counter-balance
Spring
Top Level
Adjusting Knob
Actuator Displacer
Tangent Arm
Link
Waggle Arm
Kimray is an ISO 9001- certified manufacturer.
Current Revision: C1:03.1
Change NACE note www.kimray.com Issued 3/14 Rev.1
FLOAT OPERATED LEVEL CONTROLLER
GEN II ELECTRONIC BACK MOUNT
LCB, SS6 STEEL BODY
Not Shown:
Decal 6540
APPLICATIONS: OPERATION:
Senses a specific liquid level and produces electric output. The FLOAT is counterbalanced by the FLOAT LEVER. As
High or low level control. the liquid level increases the FLOAT is lifted. A MAGNET in
Electric output can activate alarms, solenoid valves or other the FLOAT LEVER moves downward and closer to the REED
electrically switched devices. SWITCH which is located in the enclosure in the BODY. This
closes the REED SWITCH. As the liquid level decreases the
FLOAT moves downward, moving the MAGNET away from the
FEATURES: REED SWITCH, causing it to open.
316 SS Wetted Parts The optional MANUAL OVER RIDE allows the operator to
Sealed Hermetic Reed Switch manually activate the FLOAT LEVER to test the switch and the
SPDT Reed Switch devices it controls.
CSA Certificate #1662451, USA and Canada
Expl. Proof – Class I, Groups A,B,C,D
Class II, Groups E,F,G, Class III MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURES:
Class I, Zone 1, AExdIIC, ExdIIC See Catalog Code
(Stainless steel float only)
Additional seal not required WIRING INSTRUCTIONS:
NEMA4X Do not exceed the amperage and voltage for the switch.
Available with manual override for testing. Switch contacts may experience damage in applications using
Minimum Specific Gravity 0.4. relays, motors, etc. where a power surge or voltage spike may
NACE MR0175 compliant Wetted Parts occur during relay engagement or motor startups. For these
•• Certification documents Avaliable upon request, specify conditions a shunt path for over-voltage should be installed.
when ordering • For DC applications:
use an (1N4001) or similar diode wired in parallel as
TEMPERATURE RANGE: shown.
Temp: - 40F to 350F - SS6 Float • For AC applications:
Temp: - 40F to 200F - Polypropylene Float us a 110 VAC Varistor (Digi-Key BC1408-ND) or similar
wired in parallel as shown.
CONNECTIONS:
1 1/2" NPT
2" NPT
Magnet
Manual Override
Float Lever
Float
Body
Reed Switch
10 17
4 11
7
18 1
3
14
6 15 2 8 12
13
DIMENSIONS
1 15/16" 5 1/2"
2 15/16"
1-1/2" &
2 1/16"
2" NPT
3 1/16"
1 1/2"
1 5/16"
INTERNAL
10 7/8"
18
1
3
14 7
6 2 8 12
15 13
ITEM # PART # COMMON PARTS QTY. ITEM # PART # LEVER PINS QTY.
1 2446 SET SCREW 1 7 5415 LEVER PIN 1 1/2" BODY 1
2 3206 MAGNET 1 7 5432 LEVER PIN 2" BODY 1
5 5413 SWITCH CARTRIDGE 1
5 5413R SWITCH CARTRIDGE 1 PART # EXTERNAL FLOAT CAGES QTY.
6 5414 CONDUIT ADAPTOR 1 5522 1 1/2 IN 1
8 5416 LEVER SPACER 2 5523 2 IN 1
12 5420 FLOT LEVER 1 PART # ACCESSORIES QTY.
14 5423 GROMMET INSERT 1 5418 M/O ASSEMBLY 1
15 5424 GROMMET 1 5587A PULL ASSEMBLY w/20' CABLE 1
18 5593 SET SCREW 1 5594 ANNULUS PLUG 1
ITEM # PART # FLOATS QTY. FLOAT EXTENSIONS
3 3216 316 SS 1 EXTENSION SYNTACTIC EXTENSION
3 5431 POLY 1 EXTENSION
LENGTH FLOAT ADAPTER
ITEM # PART # BODIES QTY. 3 INCH 6980S6 7026 6989
13 5434 2 IN NPT 1 6 INCH 6992S6 7026 6989
13 5425 1 1/2 IN NPT 1
DIMENSIONS
2 15/16"
1-1/2" & 2" NPT
1 1/2"
1 5/16"
10 7/8"
Float cage available see page C1:90.1 & C1:90.2 Kimray is an ISO 9001- certified manufacturer.
Current Revision: C1:05.3
Add Float Extension information www.kimray.com Issued 2/14
NOTES:
www.kimray.com
FLOAT OPERATED LEVEL CONTROLLER
PNEUMATIC LEVEL SWITCH
APPLICATION: OPERATION:
Liquid level controller for oil and gas separators, water knock- The FLOAT is counterbalanced by the FLOAT LEVER. As
outs, gas scrubbers and accumulators. the liquid level increases the FLOAT is lifted. A MAGNET in the
FLOAT LEVER opposes the CHECK BALL inside the body. As
FEATURES: the FLOAT LEVER moves downward the CHECK BALL moves
Rated for 2000 psi working pressure upward. This opens the lower CHECK VALVE SEAT. As the
Push-button dump valve override standard lower seat opens, pressure is introduced to the back of the
Float operates in 0.5 specific gravity VALVE DIAPHRAGM. This moves the VALVE STEM and allows
Designed for harsh gas compressor scrubber applications gas to flow through the valve.
NACE MR0175 process standard
Snap acting / Non-bleed As the liquid level decreases the FLOAT moves downward,
NACE MR0175 compliant wetted parts moving the MAGNET upward and forcing the CHECK BALL
•• Certification documents avaliable upon request, specify down. This allows the pressure on the back of the DIAPHRAGM
when ordering to vent and the STEM to close.
FLOW RATE: The MANUAL OVER RIDE allows the operator to manually
420 SCFH @ 30psig activate the FLOAT LEVER to test the valve.
SUPPLY PRESSURE:
15-75 psig
TEMP. RANGE:
-20°F to +350°F
Magnet Assembly
Stem Assembly
Input Pressure
Output Pressure
Check Ball
Float Lever
Float
Stem
Diaphragm
DIMENSIONS
3 3/16" A
2" NPT
1 13/16"
E
4 5/16"
EXTENSION
A B C D E
LENGTH
2 3/16" 4 1/2" C STANDARD 5" 2 1/2" 3 3/4" 10 7/16" Ø 1 1/2"
3 INCH 8 7/16" 4 5/16" 7 1/8" 13 7/8" Ø 2"
D 6 INCH 11 7/16" 5 1/4" 10 1/8" 16 7/8" Ø 2"
Related Publications:
PB0009 - Product Bulletin
IM0002 - Installation & Maintenance
Kimray is an ISO 9001- certified manufacturer.
C1:08.2 Current Revision:
Issued 5/14 www.kimray.com Change part descriptions
FLOAT OPERATED LEVEL CONTROLLER
PNEUMATIC LEVEL SWITCH NO RELAY
APPLICATION: OPERATION:
Liquid level controller for oil and gas separators, water knock- The FLOAT is counterbalanced by the FLOAT LEVER. As
outs, gas scrubbers and accumulators. the liquid level increases the FLOAT is lifted. A MAGNET in the
FLOAT LEVER opposes the CHECK BALL inside the body. As
FEATURES: the FLOAT LEVER moves downward the CHECK BALL moves
Push-button dump valve override standard upward. This opens the lower CHECK VALVE SEAT and allows
Float operates in 0.5 specific gravity gas to flow to the output port (Blue).
Designed for harsh gas compressor scrubber applications
Snap Acting / Non-bleed As the liquid level decreases the FLOAT moves downward,
NACE MR0175 compliant wetted parts moving the MAGNET upward and forcing the CHECK BALL
•• Certification documents avaliable upon request, specify down. This vents the output pressure.
when ordering
The MANUAL OVER RIDE allows the operator to manually
FLOW RATE: activate the FLOAT LEVER to test the valve.
17 SCFH @ 30psig
36 SCFH @ 75psig
SUPPLY PRESSURE:
0-75 psig
TEMP. RANGE:
-40°F to +350°F
Magnet Assembly
Stem Assembly
Input Pressure
Output Pressure
Check Ball
Float Lever
Float
Housing 6981
Push Cap 5417
Seat 6990
Set Screw 5426
* O Ring 7015V, Qty. 2
Spring 5429
* O Ring 638V, Qty. 2
Breather Plug 147 Override Fitting 5418
* O Ring 3026V Stem 5419
Pilot Body 7248 O Ring 5410V *
* Disc Filter 7012, Qty. 2 Annulus Plug 7145
Screw 7024, Qty. 2 Set Screw 6851
Nipple 648
Filter 1/4 F30
Pivot Pin 7020
Plug 699
Float Lever 7017S6
SS6 Float 3216
Shuttle 6996
O Ring 7019V, Qty. 2 *
DIMENSIONS
3 3/16" 5 1/16"
2" NPT
1 7/8"
1 1/2"
2 1/2"
6 1/2"
18°
4 1/2" 3 3/4"
9 1/16"
APPLICATIONS: OPERATION:
Liquid level controller for oil and gas separators, water knock- The ULC Pilot consists of a DISPLACEMENT FLOAT for
outs, gas scrubbers and accumulators. monitoring the liquid level, a trunnion and shaft to transmit float
Operates any pressure opening diaphragm motor valve movement, and a pilot case which contains a PILOT BODY,
requiring not more than 30 psig diaphragm pressure. See sec- SPRING ARM and ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY.
tions E1, E2, E3 and E4 for diaphragm operated motor valves. As the liquid level rises, the displaced volume of liquid plus
the force of the COUNTERBALANCE SPRING lifts the FLOAT,
FEATURES: rotating the trunnion and SPRING ARM in a clockwise direction.
This draws the ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY downward, closing
Intermittent bleed pilot
the vent (Yellow to Atmosphere) and opening the inlet (Violet to
Simple installation
Yellow). Yellow pressure opens the motor valve.
Easy to use
As the liquid level lowers, the weight of the FLOAT forces
Polyethylene displacement float
the trunnion and SPRING ARM in a counter-clockwise direction.
.65 Specific Gravity or higher
This pushes the ACTUATOR upward, closing the inlet (Violet to
No adjustment required
Yellow) and opening the vent (Yellow to Atmosphere). Vented
yellow pressure allows the motor valve to close.
SUPPLY PRESSURE:
30 psig maximum
Parts for pilots available with pipe vent not shown are
Breather plug 147, Screw 1293 (4) required, Pilot Body
4892PV, Breather plug 4893.
6001 4" Hammer Union Adapter for 1” NPT Pilot Kimray is an ISO 9001- certified manufacturer.
C1:45.2 Current Revision:
Issued 1/13 www.kimray.com Change Logo
FLOAT OPERATED LEVEL CONTROLLER
GEN II SIDE MOUNT BODIES AVAILABLE
Screw 2711Z
3 Req’d.
Reflector Plate
2732
5528 2"
NPT GEN II 4000 6414 3" 1500 RF GEN II 3705
5528S6 2"
NPT GEN II SS6 4000 5573 3" 600 RTJ GEN II 1480
5548 2"
GRV. GEN II 2000 5574 3" 900 RTJ GEN II 2220
5562 2" 150 RF GEN II 285 5558 3" H.U. w/o SG GEN II UN 3000
5563 2" 300 RF GEN II 740 5575 4" 150 RF GEN II 285
5564 2" 600 RF GEN II 1480 5576 4" 300 RF GEN II 740
5565 2" 900/1500 RF GEN II 2220 5577 4" 600 RF GEN II 1480
5566 2" 150 RTJ GEN II 285 5578 4" 600 RTJ GEN II 1480
5567 2" 300 RTJ GEN II 740 5579 4" 1500 RF GEN II 3705
5568 2" 600 RTJ GEN II 1480 5550A 4" H.U. w/SG 1000
5569 2" 1500 RTJ GEN II 3705 5551 4" H.U. w/o SG 1500
5570 3" 150 RF GEN II 285 2174 4" GRV. X 2" NPT ADAPTER 2000
5555 3" 300 RF GEN II 740 5549A 5" H.U. w/SG GEN II UN 1000
5571 3" 600 RF GEN II 1480 5552 5" H.U. w/o SG GEN II UN 1500
5572 3" 900 RF GEN II 2220 5580 6" 1500 RF GEN II 3705
Screw 2711Z,
3 Req'd.
Reflector Plate
2732
6559 2"
NPT GEN II 4000 6414BM 3" 1500 RF GEN II 3705
6559SS6 2"
NPT GEN II SS6 4000 5573BM 3" 600 RTJ GEN II 1480
5562BM 2" 150 RF GEN II 285 5574BM 3" 900 RTJ GEN II 2220
5563BM 2" 300 RF GEN II 740 5558BM 3" H.U. w/o SG GEN II UN 3000
5564BM 2" 600 RF GEN II 1480 5575BM 4" 150 RF GEN II 285
5565BM 2" 900/1500 RF GEN II 2220 5576BM 4" 300 RF GEN II 740
5566BM 2" 150 RTJ GEN II 285 5577BM 4" 600 RF GEN II 1480
5567BM 2" 300 RTJ GEN II 740 5578BM 4" 600 RTJ GEN II 1480
5568BM 2" 600 RTJ GEN II 1480 5579BM 4" 1500 RF GEN II 3705
5569BM 2" 1500 RTJ GEN II 3705 5550ABM 4" H.U. w/SG 1000
5570BM 3" 150 RF GEN II 285 5551BM 4" H.U. w/o SG 1500
5555BM 3" 300 RF GEN II 740 2174 4" GRV. X 2" NPT ADAPTER 2000
5571BM 3" 600 RF GEN II 1480 5549ABM 5" H.U. w/SG GEN II UN 1000
5572BM 3" 900 RF GEN II 2220 5552BM 5" H.U. w/o SG GEN II UN 1500
5580BM 6" 1500 RF GEN II 3705
HORIZONTAL (STD.)
6562 6557SS6
7079SS6
6557SS6
363
6557SS6
7168
363 2826
7168 7169
6562
5547SS6
7169 5560
6557SS6
6557SS6
363
5547SS6
6562
2826
363
5547SS6
6557SS6
5560
SPRING
DISPLACERS EXTENSION RODS
ASSEMBLIES
6562 1 7/8" x 12" LG 1lb 15oz 180°F 6547 5467 4000 >0.20 PVC CMUL6 6" Horz 6547L
6611 1 7/8" x 20" LG 3lb 5oz 180°F 6547L 4000 >0.15 PVC CMUL12 12" Horz 6547L
6606 3" x 12" LG 4lb 5oz 180°F 6547L 5557 4000 >0.1 PVC CMUL18 18" Horz 6547L
6971 2 1/2" x 12" LG 3lb 0.5oz 180°F 6547 5467 4000 >0.15 PVC CMOL6 6" Horz 5557
5461SS6 1 3/4" x 12" LG 1lb 15oz 500°F 6547 5467 2000 >0.20 316SS CMOL12 12" Horz 5557
CMOL18 18" Horz 5557
6507 1 3/4" Horz N/A
* Part 2826 chain comes in 8 foot length 5453S 1 1/2" Vertical N/A
C1:80.2 Current Revision:
Issued 1/13 www.kimray.com Change Logo
FLOAT OPERATED LEVEL CONTROLLER
GEN II BACK MOUNT DIMENSIONS
24 15/16" 7"
18 19/32" 3 3/8"
6 29/32"
22 9/32"
19 3/4"
12 15/32" 6 11/32"
6 5/8"
11 17/32"
12 7/8"
11 11/16"
15 11/32"
A A
B B
C A C A
Face 4" 3 39/64 4 9/32 10 5/32 3 59/64 3 31/32 9 27/32 4 27/64 3 15/32 9 11/32 5 3/4 2 9/64 8 1/64
6" 6 1/8 1 49/64 7 41/64
2" 3 43/64 4 7/32 10 3/32 3 9/16 4 21/64 10 13/64 3 63/64 3 57/64 9 49/64 4 11/64 3 23/32 9 19/32
Ring
3" 3 59/64 3 31/32 9 27/32 4 31/64 3 13/32 9 9/32
Joint
4" 4 31/64 3 13/32 9 9/32
2" 3 27/64 4 15/32 10 11/32 3 5/8 4 17/64 10 9/64 3 59/64 3 31/32 9 27/32 4 27/64 3 15/32 9 11/32
3" 3 27/64 4 15/32 10 11/32 3 51/64 4 3/32 9 31/32 4 11/64 3 23/32 9 19/32 4 13/16 3 5/64 8 61/64 6 19/64 1 19/32 7 15/32
BACK MOUNT
Raised
Face 4" 3 39/64 4 9/32 10 5/32 3 59/64 3 31/32 9 27/32 4 27/64 3 15/32 9 11/32 5 3/4 2 9/64 8 1/64
6" 6 1/8 1 49/64 7 41/64
2" 3 43/64 4 7/32 10 3/32 3 9/16 4 21/64 10 13/64 3 63/64 3 57/64 9 49/64 4 11/64 3 23/32 9 19/32
Ring
3" 3 59/64 3 31/32 9 27/32 4 31/64 3 13/32 9 9/32
Joint
4" 4 31/64 3 13/32 9 9/32
WELDNECK FLANGES
QTY. (2):
30"
20"
42"
24"
14"
2" CL150 RF
or
2" CL300 RF
or
2" CL600 RF
or
2" CL600 RTJ
or
3" CL150 RF
or 2,000 PSI STEEL BALL VALVE
3" CL300 RF QTY. (1)
or
3" CL600 RF
or
3" CL600 RTJ
1" NPT
2" NPT
10"
1" NPT
20"
ELECTRONIC
3 1/2" 4"
1" NPT
5"
1" NPT
PNEUMATIC
3 1/2" 4"
1" NPT
5"
2" NPT
1" NPT
www.kimray.com
LEVEL CONTROLS
MECHANICALLY OPERATED
‡®
C2
SECTION
‡
Configuration of Mechanical Oil Valve ia a trademark of Kimray, Inc.
www.kimray.com
NOTE: We reserve the right to modify or change, without prior
notice, any statement or information contained herein. If exact dimen-
sions or specifications are required by the customer
certified prints will be furnished for a minimum charge upon request
to KIMRAY, Inc.
® Copyright 1992, KIMRAY, Inc.
www.kimray.com
MECHANICAL OIL VALVES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Cast Iron 2,3,4 & 6 125 psig Max. Pg. 10.1 Pg. 10.2 Ductile 6,8 & 10 125 psig Max. Pg. 60.1 Pg. 60.1
Ductile 2 250 psig Max. Pg. 10.1 Pg. 10.3
Ductile 3,4 & 6 125 psig Max. Pg. 10.1 Pg. 10.3
Steel 2 250 psig Max. Pg. 10.1 Pg. 10.4 HAMMER UNION TRUNNION ASSEMBLIES
Steel 3,4 & 6 125 psig Max. Pg. 10.1 Pg. 10.4
All Steel 2 250 psig Max. Pg. 10.1 Pg. 10.5 APPLICATIONS:
All Steel 3,4 & 6 125 psig Max. Pg. 10.1 Pg. 10.5 Oil and gas separators, freewater knockouts (FWKO),
316 SS 2 250 psig Max. Pg. 10.1 Pg. 10.5 horizontal emulsion treaters and similar equipment.
316 SS 3,4 & 6 125 psig Max. Pg. 10.1 Pg. 10.5
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pg. 10.3 Operating Stem Parts
Material Pressure Type Float Nose List
PISTON BALANCED OIL VALVE Ductile 250 psig Max. Single Standard Pg. 70.1
APPLICATIONS:
Used as oil or water dump valves on separators, treat-
ers, knockouts, and other similar liquid accumulators where
higher pressures or corrosive conditions may occur.
TRUNNION ASSEMBLY
APPLICATIONS:
Line Operating Description Parts
Oil and gas separators, freewater knockouts (FWKO),
Material Size Pressure of Operation List
horizontal emulsion treaters and similar equipment.
Ductile 2 500 psig Max. Pg. 20.1 Pg. 20.2 Operating Parts
Ductile 2,3 & 4 250 psig Max. Pg. 20.1 Pg. 20.2 Material Pressure List
Steel 2,3 & 4 285 psig Max. Pg. 20.1 Pg. 20.3
Installation.................................................................................Pg. 20.1 Ductile 250 psig Max Pg. 80.1
Ductile 250 psig Max Pg. 80.2
Piston Ballanced Throttling Steel 500 psig Max Pg. 80.3
Ductile 2 500 psig Max. Pg. 25.1 Pg. 25.2
AFLAS ®
is a trade mark of Asahi Glass Co TEFLON (T)
TEMPERATURE: TEMPERATURE:
+30° to +500° F -40° to +400° F
0° to +260° C -20° to +204° C
APPLICATION: APPLICATION:
Crude Oil & Gas Production (High heat), Steam Chemically Inert Elastomer Best in static Do not use at
Flood Production Chemicals (corrosion inhibitors) Amine low temps
Sweetener Systems, Gasoline, Diesel, Fuel Oil Systems
FLUID / GAS:
FLUID / GAS: Almost All Chemicals
Crude Oil & Gas Production, H2S, Steam, Petroleum
fluids, Sea Water
VITON ®
is a trade mark of Dupont
APPLICATIONS: OPERATION:
As oil or water dump valves on separators, treaters, knock- The Oil Valve is mechanically operated through a LEVER
outs, and other similar accumulators. by a Float in a separator or other vessel to which the valve
is connected. The STEM AND SEAT ASSEMBLY is driven
through a crank by the LEVER. The area of the DIAPHRAGM
FEATURES: is the same as the area of the SEAT so that Separator Fluid
Balanced, single soft seat
Pressure (Green) acting down on the SEAT is cancelled by the
Teflon packed, rotary stuffing box
upward force of the pressure on the DIAPHRAGM. Downstream
All internal parts easily be removed with valve in line
Pressure (Blue) is communicated through the hollow STEM to
Cf & Cv VALUES the top side of the DIAPHRAGM. Downstream Pressure (Blue)
Line Size Trim Size Cf Cv acting up on the SEAT is cancelled by the downward force of the
2" 1.50" 0.79 23.3 same pressure on the top side of the DIAPHRAGM. The valve
3" 2.25" 0.79 43.8 can be operated easily by float since it is unaffected by Separator
4" 3.00" 0.79 70.1 Fluid Pressure (Green) or Downstream Pressure (Blue). The
6" 4.88" 0.79 277.0 entire STEM AND SEAT ASSEMBLY with the CAGE can be
withdrawn from the valve as a unit by removing the BONNET
screws.
‡®
Lever
Bonnet
Diaphragm
‡®
Stem
Cage
Seat
‡®
‡®
NOTE:
The Customer is responsible for specifying linkage arm
lengths and proper installation of float trunnions, valves and link-
age assemblies. The total resulting force generated by the float
is a function of the size and density of the float, the specific grav-
ity of the fluid, the lever arm positions and angles and proper
installation of the equipment. These criteria at least should be
considered when specifying and installing linkage assemblies
between vessels and valves.
‡®
‡®
NOTE:
The Customer is responsible for specifying linkage arm
lengths and proper installation of float trunnions, valves and link-
age assemblies. The total resulting force generated by the float
is a function of the size and density of the float, the specific grav-
ity of the fluid, the lever arm positions and angles and proper
installation of the equipment. These criteria at least should be
considered when specifying and installing linkage assemblies
between vessels and valves.
‡®
NOTE:
The Customer is responsible for specifying linkage arm
lengths and proper installation of float trunnions, valves and link-
age assemblies. The total resulting force generated by the float
is a function of the size and density of the float, the specific grav-
ity of the fluid, the lever arm positions and angles and proper
installation of the equipment. These criteria at least should be
considered when specifying and installing linkage assemblies
between vessels and valves.
‡®
NOTE:
The Customer is responsible for specifying linkage arm
lengths and proper installation of float trunnions, valves and link-
age assemblies. The total resulting force generated by the float
is a function of the size and density of the float, the specific grav-
ity of the fluid, the lever arm positions and angles and proper
installation of the equipment. These criteria at least should be
considered when specifying and installing linkage assemblies
between vessels and valves.
www.kimray.com
MECHANICAL OIL VALVES
PISTON BALANCED
APPLICATION: OPERATION:
Used as oil or water dump valves on separators, treaters, The Oil Valve is mechanically operated through a LEVER by
knockouts, and other similar liquid accumulators where higher a Float in a separator or other vessel to which the valve is con-
pressures may occur. nected. The STEM AND SEAT ASSEMBLY is driven through a
crank by the LEVER. The area of the PISTON is the same as
the area of the SEAT so that Separator Fluid Pressure (Green)
FEATURES: acting down on the SEAT is cancelled by the upward force of
Balanced, single soft seat the pressure on the PISTON. Downstream Pressure (Blue) is
Teflon packed, rotary stuffing box communicated through the hollow STEM to the top side of the
All internal parts easily be removed with valve in line PISTON. Downstream Pressure (Blue) acting up on the SEAT is
cancelled by the downward force of the same pressure on the
Cf & Cv VALUES
top side of the PISTON. The valve can be operated easily by
Line Size Trim Size Cf Cv
float since it is unaffected by Separator Fluid Pressure (Green)
2" 1.50" 0.79 23.3
or Downstream Pressure (Blue). The entire STEM AND SEAT
3" 2.25" 0.79 43.8
ASSEMBLY with the CAGE can be withdrawn from the valve as
4" 3.00" 0.79 70.1
a unit by removing the BONNET screws.
6" 4.88" 0.79 277.0
Lever
‡® ‡®
Bonnet
Piston
Stem
Cage
Seat
‡®
NOTE:
The Customer is responsible for specifying linkage arm
lengths and proper installation of float trunnions, valves and
linkage assemblies. The total resulting force generated by the
float is a function of the size and density of the float, the specific
gravity of the fluid, the lever arm positions and angles and proper
installation of the equipment. These criteria at least should be
considered when specifying and installing linkage assemblies
between vessels and valves.
‡®
NOTE:
The Customer is responsible for specifying linkage arm
lengths and proper installation of float trunnions, valves and
linkage assemblies. The total resulting force generated by the
float is a function of the size and density of the float, the specific
gravity of the fluid, the lever arm positions and angles and proper
installation of the equipment. These criteria at least should be
considered when specifying and installing linkage assemblies
between vessels and valves.
NOTE: This valve contains Ductile & Cast Iron wetted parts &
Brass packing material.
www.kimray.com
MECHANICAL OIL VALVES
PISTON BALANCED THROTTLING
APPLICATIONS: OPERATION:
As oil or water dump valves on separators, treaters, knock- The Oil Valve is mechanically operated through a LEVER by
outs, and other similar accumulators. Designed for high pressure a float in a separator or other vessel to which the valve is con-
erosive service. nected. The PISTON ASSEMBLY is driven through a cylinder by
the lever assembly. When the lever assembly is lowered, the
piston rises off the seat allowing the oil or water in the accumula-
FEATURES: tor to flow thru the valve. The soft seat is attached to the piston
Class VI shut off
assembly and is lifted out of the flow stream when the valve is
Teflon packed, rotary stuffing box
open. This allows erosive material to bypass the seating surface.
All internal parts can easily be removed with valve in line
When the lever assembly is raised the piston and soft seat come
in contact with the hard removable seating insert that is screwed
Cf & Cv VALUES into the valve body and results in class VI shut off. The entire
Line Size Trim Size Cf Cv PISTON ASSEMBLY with the cylinder can be withdrawn from the
2" 2.00" 0.75 47 valve as a unit by removing the bonnet screws.
2" 1.50" 0.75 23.3
3" 3.00" 0.75 89
Lever
Bonnet
Cage ‡®
Stem
Piston
Seat
361-3" 345-2" ‡®
Nut
346-3"
351-2" *
Packing Ring
352-3"
Mechanical
357-2" Oil Valve
Stuffing Box
358-3"
Plug
367-2" NOTE:
368-3" 941-1" *
Snap Ring, 4 Req’d. The Customer is responsible for specifying linkage arm
975-3"
lengths and proper installation of float trunnions, valves and
364-1" *
Gasket, 2 Req’d.
365-3" linkage assemblies. The total resulting force generated by the
float is a function of the size and density of the float, the specific
342-2"
gravity of the fluid, the lever arm positions and angles and proper
Hub
343-3" installation of the equipment. These criteria at least should be
considered when specifying and installing linkage assemblies
Bolt, 2 Req’d. 247
between vessels and valves.
Nut, 2 Req’d. 241
Lever 340
(on back side)
298-2"
Trunion Hub 314-2"
299-3" Key
315-3"
295-2" ‡® Screw, 4 Req’d. 833
Bonnet
296-3"
320-2"
316-2" Nut
Pin, 2 Req’d. 321-3"
317-3"
5199-2" *
Gasket
Link, 2 Req’d. 318SS6-2" 5223-3"
319SS6-3"
329-2" *
O Ring
330-3"
6785-2"
Cylinder
7137-3"
5205-2"
Retainer
5206SS6-3"
774Q-2" *
Quad Ring
329-3"
276-2" 1458-2" *
* Gasket Back up, 2 Req’d.
277-3" 772-3"
311HSN-2" 6787-2"
* Seat Piston
165-3" 7138-3"
Standard 6789-2" 6790-2"
Stem
Rem. Seat Reduced 7115 7142-3"
7140-3" 6786-2"
Body
7139-3"
Standard 177SS6-2"
Ration Plug Reduced 4933PH 173-2" *
Lock Nut
178-3" 906-3"
1
For gravity correction, multiply the above figures by G
Where “G” is the specific gravity of the flowing liquid.
NOTE: Flow rates are for steady flow conditions over a 24 hour period. Corrections should be
made to deal with intermittent flow conditions.
www.kimray.com
MECHANICAL PILOT
3PM
APPLICATIONS: OPERATION:
On oil and gas separators, water knockouts and similar Assume the Diaphragm Assembly is held in an up position
equipment where motor valves are required. by an outside float arm connected to the pilot LEVER with a
turnbuckle. Such an arrangement is shown in the
3 PM installation photograph, lower right-hand corner. The
BOOSTER SPRING together with Supply Pressure (Violet),acting
on the difference in areas of the SNAPPER and DIFFERENTIAL
FEATURES: DIAPHRAGMS, forces the Diaphragm Assembly against the
Direct float operated. LEVER. With a downward movement of the LEVER the upper
Snap or throttle action seat, which is the pressure vent (Yellow to Atmosphere), closes
Field reversible first. The PILOT PLUG SPRING holds the upper ball against its
Controls any motor valve requiring up to 30 psig diaphragm seat while a further downward movement of the LEVER opens
pressure. the Supply Pressure inlet (Violet to Yellow). As Output Pressure
(Yellow) increases, pressure across the DIFFERENTIAL
DIAPHRAGM is reduced, loading the DIAPHRAGM ASSEMBLY
in a down direction. The accelerated downward movement of the
SUPPLY PRESSURE: DIAPHRAGM ASSEMBLY produces a sudden opening of the
5 to 30 psig Supply Pressure inlet (Violet to Yellow).
In order to reverse the above action, the upward force of the
LEVER on the Diaphragm Assembly must be greater than the
force of the BOOSTER SPRING plus Supply Pressure (Violet)
acting on the full area of the SNAPPER DIAPHRAGM. As the
Diaphragm Assembly moves up, the Supply Pressure inlet is
closed first. The PILOT PLUG SPRING holds the lower ball
against its seat while a further upward movement of the LEVER
opens the pressure vent (Yellow to Atmosphere). Decreasing
Output Pressure (Yellow) accelerates the upward movement of
the Diaphragm Assembly to produce a sudden opening of the
pressure vent. The sudden changes in Output Pressure (Yellow)
caused by movements of the LEVER, snap actuates any motor
valve to which it is connected.
For throttling Service, connect Supply Pressure (Violet) to
opening marked “THROT” on the pilot body. This will require
changing the pivot on the LEVER or reversing the motor valve
action. The supply gas connection for snap service becomes the
exhaust for throttling service.
APPLICATIONS: OPERATION:
Oil and gas separators, knockouts, treaters and similar equip- Assume that when the Supply Pressure (Violet) is applied,
ment where it is necessary to convert a mechanical dump into a Ball 1 is seated, Ball 2 is off the seat and Output is zero.
wide span, snap, pneumatic signal. Adjusting Block B is against the Rod Guide.
Output Pressure (Yellow) is vented to atmosphere. Since
Diaphragm 2 is larger than Diaphragm 1, the Diaphragm
FEATURES: Assembly is held in the up position and the Output Pressure
Snap action remains vented. When the Rod moves downward and the and
Direct or indirect the Adjusting Block A contacts the Rod Guide, the Diaphragm
Intermittent bleed pilot Assembly is forced downward via the Actuator, closing the upper
SEAT, Ball 2 and opening the lower SEAT, Ball 1. This causes
the Output Signal to rise rapidly and when it equalizes with the
SUPPLY PRESSURE: Supply (Violet), this pressure holds the Diaphragm Assembly in
the downward position.
20-30 psig
The Output Signal (Yellow) will remain at Supply Pressure
until the force on the Actuator is reversed. When the Rod moves
OUTPUT PRESSURE: upward and Adjusting Block B contacts the Rod Guide, the
0 psig or Supply Output Signal is again vented to atmosphere.
This operation described above is for connection in the indi-
rect mode; that is, when the Rod moves in an upward direction,
the Output Signal is vented. When the Rod moves in a downward
direction, the Output Signal is Supply Pressure.
The entire operation can be reversed by rotating the bonnet
on the pilot 180 degrees and moving the Rod Guide to the oppo-
site end of the Lever Bar. In this mode, a downward movement
of the Rod causes the Output to be vented and an upward move-
ment causes the Output to be Supply Pressure.
Order TB 7 separately
INDIRECT DIRECT
NOTE: Longer Lever Bars are available, 16", 20", 24" ,30" & 36". *Gasket, bolts and nuts are included in these sets.
Specify 340 and length desired, example: 340L16.
For dimensions refer to Table of Contents:
www.kimray.com
TRUNNION ASSEMBLY
HAMMER UNION
DUCTILE IRON
APPLICATIONS: FEATURES:
Used on oil and gas separators, freewater knockouts (FWKO), 500 psig W.P.
horizontal emulsion treaters and similar equipment where a float SA 106 Grade B pipe
is desired to monitor fluid level. 8" pipe x 5" long weldneck
8" ACME thread hammer union
Rotary type stuffing box with leakless, low friction packing
303 stainless steel shaft
Removable bonnet type trunnion
Uses 7" x 12" melon type float
3/4" N.P.T. float arm hub
ASME code acceptable
www.kimray.com
TRUNNION ASSEMBLIY
TRUNNION
DUCTILE IRON & 316 STAINLESS STEEL
‡®
C2:80.4 ‡ Configuration of Mechanical Oil Valve ia a trademark of Kimray, Inc. Current Revision:
Issued 1/13 www.kimray.com Change Logo
HAMMER UNION
CLOSURES
STEEL
APPLICATIONS:
Used as an access opening for pressure vessels.
FEATURES:
SA-106 Grade B or C pipe
Heat specifications available
for coding purposes
Standard ACME thread on pipe and
Hammer Union Nut for easy access
O Ring seal (Nitrile)
Other weldneck lengths available on request
www.kimray.com
MECHANICAL OIL VALVES
CAGE & HARD SEAT ASSEMBLY
316, 2"
Pin With Snap Rings, 2 Req'd. 317, 3" & 4" 318SS6, 2"
1790, 6" Link, 2 Req'd. 319SS6, 3"& 4"
2352, 6"
298, 2"
299, 3" 335, 2"
Trunnion Hub 300, 4"
2351, 6" Diaphragm 336, 3"
4700, 4"
4315, 6"
320, 2"
3 2 1 , 3" 323SS6, 2"
Nut 3 2 2 , 4" 324SS6, 3"
2346, 6" Plate 325SS6, 4"
2347, 6"
329, 2"
O Ring 3 3 1 , 3"
330, 326, 2"
4" 327, 3"
2353, 6" Stem
328, 4"
2350, 6"
Removable Seat Cage
LINE STD D-2 316SS LINE CAST CAST
SIZE 17-4 STEEL STEEL SIZE DUCT. STEEL
2" 1752PH ----- 1752SS6 2" 1751 3097
3" 1760PH 1760 1760SS6 3" 1759 3098
4" 1762PH 1762 1762SS6 4" 1761 3099
6" 2358PH 2358 2358SS6 6" 2357 ----
312, 2"
313, 3"
Disc 160, 4"
310P, 2"
2349, 6"
Seat 136151 P , 3"
P , 4"
173, 2" 2356P, 6"
Lock Nut 906, 3" & 4"
175SS6, 6"
www.kimray.com
MECHANICAL OIL VALVES
DIMENSIONS
‡®
VALVE A B C D E F G VALVE A B C D E F G
2" SOA-D 3 3/4" 4 3/16" 4 3/16" ------ 10 1/2" 7 3/16" 1" 2" SOT-D 3 3/4" 2 1/8" 8 1/2" ------ 9 3/4" 8 1/2" 1"
2" FOA-D 3 3/4" 4 1/4" 4 1/4" 3" 10 1/2" 7 1/8" 1" 2" FOT-D 3 3/4" 3 1/16" 9" 3 1/16" 10 3/4" 8 9/16" 1"
2" FOA-S 3 3/4" 4 5/16" 4 5/16" 3" 10 1/2" 7" 1" 2" FOT-S 3 3/4" 3 1/16" 9 1/8" 3 1/16" 10 3/4" 8 9/16" 1"
3” S/GOA-D 3 3/4" 6 1/8" 5 1/2" ------ 13 7/8" 8 5/8" 1 3/8" 3" SOT-D 3 3/4" 2 15/16" 12" ------ 12 5/16" 10 1/4" 1 3/8"
3" FOA-D/S 3 3/4" 5 1/2" 5 1/2" 3 3/4" 13 1/4" 8 5/8" 1 3/8" 3" FOT-D 3 3/4" 3 3/4" 12 3/16" 3 3/4" 13 1/4" 10 3/8" 1 3/8"
4" FOA-D/S 3 3/4" 6 1/2" 6 1/2" 4 1/2" 14 15/16" 9 5/16" 1 3/8" 4" FOT-D 3 3/4" 4 1/2" 15 1/8" 4 1/2" 15 5/16" 11 11/16" 1 3/8"
6" FOA-D 4" 10 1/4" 7 3/4" 5 1/2" 21 1/4" 1 17/8" 1 5/8" 6" FOT-D 4" 4 7/8" 22" 5 1/2" 11 5/16" 12 3/16" 1 5/8"
Current Revision: ‡ Configuration of Mechanical Oil Valve ia a trademark of Kimray, Inc. C2:110.1
Change 6" FOA-S "B" dimension www.kimray.com Issued 10/13
TRUNNION ASSEMBLY
DIMENSIONS
HUTA 50 TOB-S
‡®
D
SECTION
‡
Configuration of Water Valve is a trademark of Kimray, Inc.
www.kimray.com
NOTE: We reserve the right to modify or change, without prior
notice, any statement or information contained herein. If exact dimen-
sions or specifications are required by the customer
certified prints will be furnished for a minimum charge upon request
to KIMRAY, Inc.
® Copyright 1992, KIMRAY, Inc.
OIL AND WATER VALVES
TREATER VALVE
TREATER VALVE
APPLICATION:
As oil or water valve for emulsion treaters, water
knockouts and gunbarrels. Can be used for pressure,
atmospheric, or vacuum operation. Ideal for discharging
salt water to disposal systems.
Operating Description Parts
Material Pressure of Operation List
Ductile 2", 3", 4" - 125 psig Max. Pg. 10.1 Pg. 10.3
Ductile 6" - 60 psig Max. Pg. 10.1 Pg. 10.3
Steel 125 psig Max. Pg. 10.1 Pg. 10.4
Current Revision: ‡
Configuration of Water Valve is a trademark of Kimray, Inc. D:i
Change Page numbers www.kimray.com Issued 3/14
OIL AND WATER VALVES
ELASTOMERS
AFLAS ®
is a trade mark of Asahi Glass Co TEFLON (T)
TEMPERATURE: TEMPERATURE:
+30° to +500° F -40° to +400° F
0° to +260° C -20° to +204° C
APPLICATION: APPLICATION:
Crude Oil & Gas Production (High heat), Steam Chemically Inert Elastomer Best in static Do not use at
Flood Production Chemicals (corrosion inhibitors) Amine low temps
Sweetener Systems, Gasoline, Diesel, Fuel Oil Systems
FLUID / GAS:
FLUID / GAS: Almost All Chemicals
Crude Oil & Gas Production, H2S, Steam, Petroleum
fluids, Sea Water
VITON ®
is a trade mark of Dupont
D:ii ‡
Configuration of Water Valve is a trademark of Kimray, Inc. Current Revision:
Issued 9/14 www.kimray.com Correct Sour Gas & Remove EP and H from list
OIL AND WATER VALVES
TREATER VALVE
APPLICATIONS: OPERATION:
As oil or water valve for emulsion treaters, water knockouts The inlet of the valve is connected to the water siphon leg
and gunbarrels. Can be used for pressure, atmospheric, or or oil discharge line from an emulsion treater or water knock-
vacuum operation. Ideal for discharging salt water to disposal out. Vessel Gas Pressure (Red) is connected to the UPPER
systems. HOUSING to balance the Gas Pressure under the MAIN
DIAPHRAGM.
FEATURES: The effective area of the BALANCING DIAPHRAGM is the
same as the effective area of the SEAT. Pressure or vacuum
Single soft seat for tight shut off
acting on either side of the BALANCING DIAPHRAGM will can-
Balanced against upstream pressure
cel the pressure or vacuum acting on the SEAT. This balancing
Balanced against downstream pressure or vacuum
feature prevents the slamming open and closed prevalent in
Standard weight and lever holds approx. 4’ liquid head
unbalanced single seat construction.
Weights may be added to increase liquid head
The Vessel Gas Pressure (Red) with the UPPER HOUSING
Can be manually opened and closed
acts upwardly on the BALANCING DIAPHRAGM to cancel the
Sample tap on inlet connection
downward pressure on the single SEAT. Downstream Pressure
Rotary stuffing box with leakless, low friction TEFLON pack-
Vacuum (Blue) acting on the SEAT is communicated to the top
ing
side of BALANCING DIAPHRAGM. This cancels any down-
All interior parts can be removed without taking valve out of
stream pressure or vacuum effect on the valve operation.
line
The force to hold the SEAT closed is applied by a WEIGHT
Prevents air from entering salt water disposal system piping
and LEVER through a rotary TEFLON packed stuffing box to a
Cf & Cv VALUES PIVOT STEM which pushes down on the Diaphragm Assembly.
Line Size Cf Cv When the liquid rises in the discharge piping of the vessel
2" 0.75 36.5 above the set level, it lifts the Diaphragm Assembly against the
3" 0.75 93.3 WEIGHT load to open the valve. As liquid is discharged to lower
4" 0.75 173.5 the level, the WEIGHT closes the valve.
6" 0.75 371.9 Liquid level may be adjusted up to approximately four feet by
moving the WEIGHT on the LEVER. Additional weights may be
added if a higher level is desired.
®
‡
INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS
D:10.2 ‡
Configuration of Water Valve is a trademark of Kimray, Inc. Current Revision:
Issued 3/14 www.kimray.com Change dimensions chart
OIL AND WATER VALVES
TREATER VALVE
DUCTILE IRON
®‡
**Companion flanges, nuts, bolts and gaskets are furnished, at extra cost only when
specified.
Gasket
Retainer
SEATS AVAILABLE:
LINE
SEAT RETAINER GASKET
SIZE
2" 384HA 384HB 387
3" 385PH 385HB 388
3" 385ASS6 385HB 388
www.kimray.com
OIL AND WATER VALVES
DIAPHRAGM MOTOR VALVE
DUCTILE IRON
D:20.2 ‡
Configuration of Water Valve is a trademark of Kimray, Inc. Current Revision:
Issued 1/13 www.kimray.com Change Logo
HIGH PRESSURE
CONTROL VALVES
‡®
E1
SECTION
1" & 2" HPCV 1" & 2" PVP PNEUMATIC VALVE POSITIONER
APPLICATION: APPLICATION:
For discharge of liquid or gas from vessels, separators, Used as an operator on the KIMRAY 2" HPCV where
treaters, knockouts, and similar liquid accumulators. valve opening must be set independent of the pressure
For Back Pressure or Pressure Reducing applications drop across the valve orifice.
with pressure pilots. Use for linear positioning of the inner valve of a
Line Design Topworks & Parts KIMRAY 2" HPCV where the signal is a pressure.
Material Size Pressure Inner Valves List
Operating Topworks Parts
Steel 1" 4000 psig Max. Pg. 10.1 Pg. 10.2 Material Pressure Description List
Steel 2" 4000 psig Max. Pg. 10.1 Pg. 10.3
Ductile 35 to 45 psig Max. Pg. 40.1 Pg.
CONVERSION INSTRUCTIONS: 40.2
PO to PC AND PC to PO Pg.10.4 Steel 35 to 45 psig Max. Pg. 40.1 Pg. 40.2
Aluminum 15, 30 & 100 psig 12 VDC Pg. 45.3 Pg. 45.4
1" & 2" -65 TOPWORKS
APPLICATION:
Allows a wider spring adjustment range for discharge of 1" & 2" MV METERING VALVE
liquid or gas from vessels, separators, treaters, knockouts,
and similar liquid accumulators.
APPLICATION:
This valve can be used to meter or control flow of
Allows a finer control when used with Back Pressure
liquids and/or gases on meter runs, flow lines or may be
and Pressure Reducing Controllers.
used as a choke under low pressure drop conditions where
Used as an operator on 1" HPCV or 1" SMS.
freezing is not a problem.
Line Design Parts
Used anytime a reference control point is required in
Material Size Pressure Topworks List 64ths of an inch opening.
Steel 1" 4000 psig Max. Pg. 20.1 Pg. 20.2 Line Operating Description Parts
Steel 2" 4000 psig Max. Pg. 20.1 Pg. 20.2 Material Size Pressure of Operation List
Ductile 30 psig Max. Pg. 30.1 Pg. 30.2 Steel 2" 4000 psig Max. Pg. 55.1 Pg. 55.2
Steel 30 psig Max. Pg. 30.1 Pg. 30.2 Steel 3" 4000 psig Max. Pg. 55.1 Pg. 55.3
SOFT SEATS
1" Valves · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Pg. 90.2
2" Valves · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Pg. 90.2
OTHER APPLICATIONS
BULLETIN
APPLICATION: NUMBER
ORDER INFORMATION
STUFFING BOX ASSEMBLIES
To order a standard High Pressure Control Valve, refer to
APPLICATION: Valves Available chart on each parts reference page. Determine
For use in KIMRAY HPCV’s. Each assembly has its which HPCV is needed and order by “Cat. No.”
own specific uses for the valve it was designed for. High Pressure Control Valves are available with steel yoke
and bonnet. Several springs are available for different diaphragm
Line Stuffing Box Parts pressures. Stuffing box assemblies, seats, stems and valve bodies
Material Size assembly List are available in 316 stainless steel. Inner valves can be machined
from a wide selection of materials. Flanged and socket weld bodies
Steel 1" 1" HPCV Pg. 80.1 available. And all bodies are available with 1/4” NPT tapped holes
Steel 1" 1" HPCV W/Nut Pg. 80.1 upstream and down stream.
Steel 1" 1" SMS Pg. 80.1 To order High Pressure Control Valves with materials or
Steel 2" 2" HPCV Pg. 80.1 features not listed in “Valves available” chart, contact the KIMRAY,
Steel 2" 2" HPCV W/Nut Pg. 80.1 Inc. Authorized Distributor in your area. For a listing of Authorized
Distributors, refer to the back cover sheet of this section.
AFLAS ®
is a trade mark of Asahi Glass Co TEFLON (T)
TEMPERATURE: TEMPERATURE:
+30° to +500° F -40° to +400° F
0° to +260° C -20° to +204° C
APPLICATION: APPLICATION:
Crude Oil & Gas Production (High heat), Steam Chemically Inert Elastomer Best in static Do not use at
Flood Production Chemicals (corrosion inhibitors) Amine low temps
Sweetener Systems, Gasoline, Diesel, Fuel Oil Systems
FLUID / GAS:
FLUID / GAS: Almost All Chemicals
Crude Oil & Gas Production, H2S, Steam, Petroleum
fluids, Sea Water
VITON ®
is a trade mark of Dupont
www.kimray.com
HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES
1 & 2 HPCV
Travel
Indicator Yoke
Stuffing Box
Assembly
‡
®
Stem and
Seat
CONVERSION INSTRUCTIONS
Bolt Bolt
Diaphragm Breather Plug
153Q, 1" 153Q, 1"
O Ring 530Q, 2" 491, 1" 491, 1" O Ring 530Q, 2"
O Ring 537, 2" O Ring 537, 2"
Lower Adjusting Screw Upper Stem Upper Stem Lower Adjusting Screw
Block Block
Travel Indicator Travel Indicator
Yoke Yoke
Block Screws Block Screws
Lower Stem Lower Stem
‡ ‡
® ®
Models sold earlier than July 2014 will only have one O RING
491 - 1", 532 - 2" that will need to be switched to the pressurized
area of TOPWORKS
Current Revision: ‡ Configuration of High Pressure Control Valve is a trademark of Kimray, Inc. E1:10.7
Add a second 491, 537 ORing www.kimray.com Issued 8/14
NOTES:
www.kimray.com
HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES
PISTON BALANCED
APPLICATIONS: SPRINGS:
For discharge of liquid or gas from vessels, separators, treat- HPCV springs are available for diaphragm pressures of 15,
ers, knockouts and other similar liquid accumulators. 20, and 30 psig in the 2" valve and 30 psig in the 3" and 4" valve.
For back pressure or pressure reducing applications with Unless otherwise specified, all PISTON BALANCED HPCV’s
pressure pilots. will be furnished with 30 lb. springs.
Top Adjusting Screw may be adjusted to vary the spring ten-
FEATURES: sion slightly; this affects pressure required to actuate valve.
Compact design
Soft seat with metal to metal backup STEM TRAVEL:
Valve travel indicator 2" HPCV PB - 3/4" nominal
Field reversible topworks 3" HPCV PB - 13/8" nominal
Teflon packed stuffing box 4" HPCV PB - 13/4" nominal
6" HPCV PB - 21/2" nominal
Bubble tight shut-off 8" HPCV PB - 21/2" nominal
Piston balanced seat assembly 10" HPCV PB - 21/2" nominal
Control Valve
Diaphragm
Travel
Indicator
Yoke
Stuffing Box
Assembly
Piston and
Seat
Scale 536
Yoke 505 Ductile (Std.)
2527 Steel (opt.)
Indicator 535
Snap Ring 940 *
Screw 512, 2 Req'd.
Stuffing Box 526
Tag 677
Packing Ring 533, 6 Req'd. *
Screw 524, 4 Req'd.
Packing Sleeve 534 *
Retainer 528
Follower 531SS6
* Wiper 527
Sleeve 4963
Diaphragm 5169
Plate 4964
Ring 4965
Bonnet 4956
Nut 241, 16 Req'd.
Screw 236, 24 Req'd.
Spring Plate 4961
O Ring 155 *
* Wiper 4969, 2 Req'd. Plug 1322
Seat 6465
* O Ring 2099
3" I.V. 4985
Plug 699, 2 Req’d. Ratio Plug
2" I.V. 5123
O Ring 808 *
* Wiper 4969
Lower Adjusting Screw 4967
Screw 490, 2 Req'd.
Snap Ring 4968 *
Retainer 4970
Upper Stem 5171
Scale 5131
Block 4972
Indicator 4974
Yoke 4957
Screw 1612, 2 Req'd
Snap Ring 4968 *
Screw 4991, 4 Req'd.
Stuffing Box 4976
Tag 4975
Packing Ring 4977, 8 Req'd. *
Retainer 4970
Follower 4978SS6
* Wiper 4969
Packing Sleeve 4979 *
Upper Housing 5133
Spring 4980
Screw 5134, 12 Req'd.
Cage 5544SS6
* O Ring 2081
O Ring 5142Q *
* O Ring 5144, 2 Req'd.
Seat Disc 6720
* Backup 5145T, 2 Req'd. O Ring 6724 *
Piston Assy. 6721ASS6 O Ring 5143 *
* O Ring 807 Seat 5583
Bodies Available
BODY FLANGED
TYPE SIZE BODY ANSI CLASS
THRU 4" 5146 600 RF
O Ring 2632 *
Adjusting Screw 5348
InnerSpring 5314, PO Only
Pivot 5349
OuterSpring 5353
Spring Plate 5350
Sleeve 5309
Breather Plug 5559SS6
Plate 5343
Nut 241, 24 Req,d.
Screw 191, 24 Req'd.
Diaphragm 5315
Bonnet 5299
Ring 5344
O Ring 5355 *
Spring Plate 5350
Bodies Available
BODY FLANGED
BODY CLASS
THRU 5302 300 RF
5322 600 RF
Yoke 5300
Block 5345
with 5392 Screws, 2 Req'd.
Tag 5352
APPLICATIONS: TOPWORKS:
Allows a wider spring adjustment range for discharge of liquid -65 Topworks have an effective diaphragm area of approxi-
or gas from vessels, separators, treaters, knockouts and similar mately 65 square inches.
liquid accumulators.
Allows a finer control when used with back pressure and pres-
sure reducing controllers. SPRINGS:
Used as an operator on 1" HPCV, 2" HPCV or 1" SMS. -65 Topworks are furnished with a spring designed for 10 to
30 psig diaphragm pressure.
Top Adjusting Screw may be adjusted to vary the spring ten-
FEATURES: sion slightly; this affects pressure required to actuate valve.
All steel
Compact design
Valve travel indicator STEM TRAVEL:
Adjustable Topworks 3/4" maximum
APPLICATIONS:
Used on 2" HPCV’s.
For closing valves manually when supply is not available.
For closing valves manually when there is pressure on the
diaphragm.
For limiting valve stem travel in the opened or closed direc-
tion.
FEATURES:
Compact design
Valve travel indicator
Adjustable Topworks
Sealed bearings
TOPWORKS:
MVP’s are furnished with a spring designed for 30 psig dia-
phragm pressure.
STEM TRAVEL:
3/4" maximum
APPLICATIONS: OPERATION:
Used as an operator on KIMRAY HPCV’s where valve open- The UPPER DIAPHRAGM ASSEMBLY and the LOWER
ing must be set independent of the pressure drop across the DIAPHRAGM AND STEM ASSEMBLY (Crosshatched) are the
valve orifice. only moving units in the Valve Positioner. The PILOT PLUG con-
Use for linear positioning of the inner valve of KIMRAY sists of two stainless balls rigidly connected together. The upper
HPCV’s where the positioning signal is a pressure. seat for the PILOT PLUG is the SUPPLY PRESSURE inlet to
the MODULATED DIAPHRAGM PRESSURE (Violet to Yellow).
FEATURES: The lower seat for the PILOT PLUG is the MODULATED
DIAPHRAGM PRESSURE vent (Yellow to Atmosphere).
Linear Stem movement in response to Sense line Pressure
The SPRING separates the UPPER DIAPHRAGM PLATE
Maintains stem position through changes in force on stem
and the LOWER DIAPHRAGM PLATE. It is opposed on the top
Simple construction, no adjustments required
by the SENSE LINE PRESSURE (Orange) and on the under side
Rapid response
by the MODULATED DIAPHRAGM PRESSURE (Yellow).
Insensitive to Supply Pressure changes
Assume the SENSE LINE PRESSURE (Orange) is increased.
Standard HPCV Topworks can be easily converted to
This forces the UPPER DIAPHRAGM ASSEMBLY downward
Pneumatic Valve Positioner
and the upper seat for the PILOT PLUG (Violet to Yellow) is
opened. This allows SUPPLY PRESSURE (Violet) to provide
SUPPLY PRESSURE: a MODULATED DIAPHRAGM PRESSURE (Yellow) under
35 to 45 psig the LOWER DIAPHRAGM ASSEMBLY. As the MODULATED
DIAPHRAGM PRESSURE (Yellow) increases the SPRING is
SENSE LINE PRESSURE: compressed and the movement of the LOWER DIAPHRAGM
3 to 17 psig with 20 lb. spring (Std.) ASSEMBLY opens the valve. When the MODULATED
5 to 23 psig with 30 lb. spring (Opt.) DIAPHRAGM PRESSURE (Yellow) has increased enough to
both open the valve and offset the SENSE LINE PRESSURE
(Orange) the UPPER DIAPHRAGM ASSEMBLY is forced
STEM TRAVEL: upward until the upper seat of the PILOT PLUG (Violet to Yellow)
3/4" maximum is closed.
When the SENSE LINE PRESSURE (Orange) is decreased
the MODULATED DIAPHRAGM PRESSURE (Yellow) forces
the diaphragm assemblies to move upward and open the lower
seat for the PILOT PLUG (Yellow to Atmosphere) and vents
the MODULATED DIAPHRAGM PRESSURE (Yellow). As the
MODULATED DIAPHRAGM PRESSURE (Yellow) decreases
the LOWER DIAPHRAGM ASSEMBLY moves downward closing
the valve. When the MODULATED DIAPHRAGM PRESSURE
(Yellow) has decreased enough to compensate for the reduced
SENSE LINE PRESSURE (Orange) the UPPER DIAPHRAGM
ASSEMBLY is forced downward until the lower seat of the PILOT
PLUG (Yellow to Atmosphere) is closed.
The unique action of both the SENSE LINE PRESSURE
(Orange) and the MODULATED DIAPHRAGM PRESSURE
(Yellow) opposing the SPRING causes
the valve positioner to produce a linear
response to the SENSE LINE PRESSURE.
This POSITION/SENSE LINE PRESSURE
response characteristic is linear without
regard for the force on the valve stem within
the operating limits of the positioner.
APPLICATIONS: OPERATION:
Used on all Kimray HPCV topworks or any 30psig and lower The Electro-Hydraulic Actuator (EHA) is used to pressurize
diaphragm operated control valve. and release any single-acting spring-return diaphragm control
Used for field automation where electrical signals or com- valve. The oil reservoir is comprised of the spring-containing
munications are used to actuate a single-acting spring return side of the valve actuator and an additional reservoir attached to
control the top of the valve actuator. This additional reservoir is used for
valve. adding hydraulic oil and to serve as a visual indicator of hydrau-
lic oil level. The other side of the diaphragm is used to contain
pressure.
FEATURES: The EHA operates by moving hydraulic oil from one side of
• Low current consumption
the diaphragm to the other through a manifold. A control circuit
• Class I Div 1 Explosion Proof enclosure
is used to operate a pump to build pressure, which is monitored
• 3/4” electrical conduit connection
via a pressure transducer. A solenoid valve allows the control
• Discrete Inputs: Compatible with switches, relay contacts,
valve spring to relieve pressure.
and most flow computers, plunger-lift controllers, scada
When a discrete input is received at terminal D1 of the
controllers, RTUs, PLCs, etc..
control circuit, the valve actuator begins to pressurize until the
• MODBUS RTU communication: read actuator status and
set maximum pressure is achieved. When a discrete input is
control remotely over RS-485
received at terminal D2, the valve actuator begins to depressur-
• Fail-safe or Fail-in-place options
ize.
By using a normally open solenoid valve, the EHA features
SPECIFICATIONS: a mechanical fail-safe in the event of power loss. A normally-
Pressure: 30 PSIG max closed solenoid will create fail-in-place operation.
Temperature: -40° to +60°C (-40° to +140°F)
Voltage: 12VDC (11 - 14VDC) or 24VDC (22 - 26VDC)
Current: 4A Maximum INSTALLATION:
For full installation instructions, please refer to Kimray docu-
ment IM0001 available from www.kimray.com
HYDRAULIC OIL: Only use Kimray KIMZOIL HA1
Current - Typical applications WIRING:
12 FS 12 FIP 24 FS 24 FIP • VIN - connect to +12V or +24V supply terminal
• GND - connect to +0V supply terminal
Open 3A 2.6 A 1.4 A 1.2 A • D1/G - connect to dry contacts for OPEN function
• D2/G - connect to dry contacts for CLOSE function
Hold Open 0.3 A 10 mA 0.2 A 10 mA • A/B/C - connect to RS-485 communication wires
Closing 10 mA 0.3 A 10 mA 0.2 A WIRE GAUGE: Power inputs (VIN/GND) should be sized
12-20 AWG to minimize voltage drop. All other signals can be
Hold Close 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA
sized 12-30 AWG
MANUFACTURING:
The EHA is produced at:
Kimray, Inc. 52 NW 42nd St, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, USA.
537, 2"
O Ring
808, 3"& 4" O Ring 6872, 2 Req’d.
Enclosure 6813AS
7119, 2"
O Ring
7155, 3"& 4"
12vdc NC Solenoid Valve 6816
12vdc NO Solenoid Valve 6868
24vdc NC Solenoid Valve 6869
940, 2"
Snap Ring 24vdc NO Solenoid Valve 6870
7154, 3"& 4"
Transducer 6818
Upper Stem
522, 2"
Wiring Harness 6898AS
4971, 3"
5171, 4"
12 VDC Pump 6817
24 VDC Pump 6873
APPLICATIONS: SPECIFICATIONS:
• Voltage to pressure converter • Input Signal: 12 VDC pulse nominal,
• Converts 12 Volt DC signal from relay or computer to a min. 11 VDC, max. 16 VDC
pneumatic signal for actuating a valve positioner • Current
15EPC: 225 mA sustained max.
FEATURES: 375 mA peak
• Motor over-travel protection switches 30EPC: 225 mA sustained max.
• Positioner full travel indication switches 360 mA peak
• Explosion proof design 100EPC: 385 mA sustained max.
• Produces a linear output proportional to the pressure on 520 mA peak
the Pilot Spring • 1/2" Electrical conduit connection
• Factory Calibrated for 0-15 psig, 0-30 psig or 0-100 psig • Pneumatic connections 1/4” NPT
Output Pressure range • Max. Supply Pressure(15EPC= 15 psig, 30EPC= 30 psig,
• At loss of electrical signal Output Pressure and the result- 100EPC= 100 psig) marked “SUPPLY”
ing valve position remain the same • Output Pressure signal (15EPC= 0-15 psig, 30EPC= 0-30
• Motor commutator noise filter psig, 100EPC= 0-100 psig), marked “OUTPUT”
• Reverse EMF surge suppression • Hazardous area rating
CSA , Explosion proof, Certificate (179619 / 1578429)
Class 1, Group C & D, T6 @ Ta = 60°C
Lead Nut
Stem Assembly MATERIALS:
Diaphragm Assembly • Body - Anodized Aluminum
Supply Pressure
• Springs - Steel or Zinc plated
• Diaphragm - Buna-N
Output Pressure • Valve Element - 316 SS
• Valve Seats - 303 SS
Pilot Plug
OPERATION:
The EPC consists of a DC ELECTRIC MOTOR driving a
Stem Assembly to operate a pneumatic pilot. The MOTOR is
Pilot Diaphragm
protected from over-travel by a pair of limit SWITCHES. Another
pair of SWITCHES provide signals that indicate full travel.
The MOTOR turns the Lead Nut, applying pressure through
the Stem Assembly to the PILOT SPRING and Diaphragm
Assembly which is opposed by the Output Pressure (Yellow)
Pilot Spring
above the pilot diaphragm. The PILOT PLUG consists of two
stainless steel balls rigidly connected together. The upper
seat for the PILOT PLUG is the Supply Pressure inlet (Violet
to Yellow). The lower seat for the PILOT PLUG is the Output
Pressure vent (Yellow to Atmosphere) through the breather plug.
When a positive 12 VDC is applied to the BLACK LEAD and
Ground to RED, the MOTOR moves the Stem Assembly upward,
increasing force against the PILOT SPRING and moves the
Diaphragm Assembly upward, first to close the lower seat of the
PILOT PLUG (Yellow to Atmosphere), then to open the upper
seat of the PILOT PLUG (Violet to Yellow). This results in an
increase in Output Pressure (Yellow). Pressure will remain the
same until a new input voltage is applied.
Switch When a positive 12 VDC is applied to the RED LEAD and
Ground to BLACK, the Motor moves the Stem Assembly down-
ward, releasing force from the PILOT SPRING and allowing
Output Pressure (Yellow) to force the Diaphragm Assembly
downward, first to close the upper seat of the PILOT PLUG
(Violet to Yellow), then to Open the lower seat of the PILOT PLUG
(Yellow to Atmosphere). This results in relief of Output Pressure
(Yellow) through the breather plug. Pressure will remain the
same until a new input voltage is applied.
Motor
* O Ring 265
Diaphragm 7171V *
Spring 566
Nut 4909
O Ring 2081 *
DIODE (IN4001)
KA3442, 2 Req'd.
}
YHB 30 EPC 30 12 VDC RSS YELLOW N/O
YHC 100 EPC 100 12 VDC RSS BROWN COM Closed Position Switch
ORANGE N/C
GREEN N/O
BROWN COM
ORANGE N/C } Open Position Switch
APPLICATIONS: OPERATIONS:
This valve can be used to meter or control flow of liquids and/ Rotation of the adjusting knob raises or lowers the valve plug
or gases on meter runs, flow lines, or may be used as a choke relative to the valve seat. Six full turns are required to fully open
under low pressure drop conditions where freezing is not a prob- the valve. Opening is graduated in 64 . ths
lem.
Used any time a reference control point is required in 64 ofths
WORKING PRESSURE:
an inch opening. 1" 4000 psig
2" 2000 and 4000 psig
FEATURES:
Compact design MAXIMUM PRESSURE DROP:
O Ring sealed seat 1" All Sizes 4000 psig
Teflon packed stuffing box 2" 7/16" EP Seat 4000 psig
Ball-in-Cone seat design 2"
5
/8" EP Seat 3000 psig
Easily adjusted 2"
7
/8" EP Seat 1500 psig
Large adjusting knob
Large adjusting screw INNER VALVE SIZES:
1" Equal Percentage Seats 1/4", 1/2"
STEM TRAVEL: 1" Linear Seats 1/4", 1/2"
1" Meter Valve 1/2” maximum 2" Equal Percentage Seats 7/16", 5/8" and 7/8"
2" Meter Valve 3/4” maximum
CAPACITIES:
Refer to Table of Contents
INNER VALVE SPECIFICATIONS:
1" & 2" MV-Standard valve plug for 7/16" consists of a
carbide ball rigidly connected to a 303 stainless steel stem.
Standard valve plugs for 5/8" and 7/8" consist of a hardened high
chrome alloy ball rigidly connected to a 303 stainless steel stem.
Standard seats are made of heat treated tool steel.
Inner valves can be made from a wide selection of materials.
Specify when ordering.
Valve Adjusting Assembly
Upstream Pressure Cf & Cv VALUES
Line Size Trim Type Trim Size Cf Cv
Downstream Pressure
1/4" 0.66 1.99
Equal Percentage
1/2" 0.78 6.49
1"
1/4" 0.65 1.80
Linear
1/2" 0.83 6.08
7/16" 0.60 5.44
2" Equal Percentage 5/8" 0.58 10.76
7/8" 0.66 17.40
Indicator Label
Adjusting Knob
Stem
Follower 531
Packing Ring 533, 6 Req'd. *
www.kimray.com
HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES
PISTON BALANCED METERING VALVE
APPLICATIONS: OPERATIONS:
This valve can be used to meter or control flow of liquids and/ Rotation of the adjusting knob raises or lowers the valve plug
or gases on meter runs, flow lines, or may be used as a choke relative to the valve seat. Six full turns are required to fully open
under low pressure drop conditions where freezing is not a prob- the valve. Opening is graduated in 64ths.
lem.
Used any time a reference control point is required in 64 of
ths
STEM TRAVEL:
2" HPCV PB - 3/4" nominal STANDARD TRIM SPECIFICATIONS:
3" HPCV PB - 13/8" nominal 316 stainless steel cage
D-2 tool steel valve plug assembly
D-2 tool steel seat
Polyurethane seal with Metal-to-Metal back-up
(Other material available on request)
Cf & Cv VALUES
Line Size Trim Type Trim Size Cf Cv
Valve Adjusting Assembly 1 1/2" 0.75 28.6
2" Equal Percentage
2" 0.76 57.0
Upstream Pressure
2" 0.75 52.6
Downstream Pressure 3" Equal Percentage
3" 0.76 107.0
Adjusting Knob
Stem
Stuffing Box Assembly
O Ring 4086 *
* O Ring 157
Seat Disc 6641
Ratio Plug 4720
O Ring 2099 *
www.kimray.com
HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES
NON FREEZE DUMP VALVE
Stuffing Box
Cage
Body
Stem
Seat
INNER VALVES
Standard Carbide
Seat Size
Seats Seats
1/8" T1520
3/16" T1549
1/4" T1202 T1463
3/8" T1234 T1462
1/2" T1977
www.kimray.com
HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES
GAS CAPACITY CHART
VOLUME-MILLIONS CU. FT. PER 24 HOURS - 65 SP. GR. AT 14.4 & 60°
Gas capacities are based on pressures taken immediately CRITICAL FLOW with: UPSTREAM PRESSURE 1050
upstream from the valve in a wide open position. Indicated vol- pounds gauge. PRESSURE DROP 600 pounds. VOLUME 3.3
umes have been corrected for supercompressibility. millions per 24 hours.
Locate1050 at bottom of chart. Project a vertical line to inter-
HOW TO USE CHART: PRESSURE DROP LESS THAN sect the CRITICAL FLOW LINE. A horizontal line drawn through
CRITICAL FLOW with: UPSTREAM PRESSURE 670 pounds this point intersects all INNER VALVE LINES at the maximum
gauge; PRESSURE DROP 20 pounds; VOLUME 380,000 Cu. capacity of each for the above conditions. A 3/8" inner valve
Ft. per 24 hours. maximum capacity is 3.4 millions and a 1/2" is y6.4 millions.
Locate 670 at bottom of chart. Project a vertical line to inter- Select the inner valve size for the desired over-capacity.
sect the 20 pound PRESSURE DROP line, and using sloping
GUIDE LINES, project this point to the CRITICAL FLOWLINE. *For Gravity correction multiply above capacities by √.65/G;
A horizontal line drawn through this point intersects all INNER where G equals specific gravity of gas.
VALVE lines at the maximum capacity is 0.43 millions of 430,000
Std. Cu. Ft. per 24 hours. A 3/8" is 0.78 and a 1/2” is 1.43. See Liquid Capacity Chart for maximum pressure drops on
Select the inner valve size for the desired over-capacity. large inner valves.
A good rule to follow when sizing liquid valves discharging MAXIMUM PRESSURE DROP for LARGE INNER VALVES
from any kind of accumulator is to assume a volume at least
twice that expected under steady flow conditions.
1" CONTROL VALVES 2" CONTROL VALVES
HOW TO USE CHART: Assume that it is desired to handle
275 barrels of water per day under steady flow conditions with a I.V. THROTTLE RELIEF I.V. THROTTLE RELIEF
225 psig pressure drop across the valve. Using the rule above
we will use a volume of 550 barrels. The intersection of the 1/2" 1200 2400 1" 650 1300
550 barrel line and the 225 psig pressure drop line lies between
the 3/16" and 1/4" inner valve lines. Since the inner valve lines 3/8" 1850 3700 3/4" 1350 2700
indicated maximum capacities, we must therefore select the 1/4"
inner valve size to handle this volume. Above values are for valves furnished with standard springs
for 20 psig diaphragm pressure.
*For gravity correction multiply above capacities by 1/√G; NOTE: Flow rates are for steady flow conditions over a 24-hour
period. Corrections should be made to deal with intermittent
where G equals specific gravity of flowing liquid. flow conditions.
1" SMS
VALVE INNER
MATERIAL ELASTOMERS SEAT RATIO PLUG CATALOG CODE
LINE SIZE VALVE SIZE
D-2 STEEL BUNA-N 6464 4720 EFB
D-2 STEEL AFLAS 6464 4720 EFBAF
D-2 STEEL VITON 6464 4720 EFBV
S6 BUNA-N 6464SS6 4720SS6 EFBSS6
2" S6 AFLAS 6464SS6 4720SS6 EFBS6AF
S6 VITON 6464SS6 4720SS6 EFBS6V
17-4PH BUNA-N 6464PH 4720PH EFBPH
S6 HSN 6464SS6 4720SS6 EFBS6HSN
2"
ZIRCONIA BUNA-N 6464 4720 EFBZR
D-2 STEEL / S6 BUNA-N 6464 6672SS6 EFBQOV
2" QUICK OPENING
D-2 STEEL / ZIRCONIA BUNA-N 6464 6641ZR EFBQOZR
D-2 STEEL BUNA-N 6464 4927 EFR
S6 BUNA-N 6464SS6 4927SS6 EFRSS6
1 1/2" S6 AFLAS 6464SS6 4927SS6 EFRS6AF
S6 HSN 6464SS6 4927SS6 EFRS6HSN
ZIRCONIA BUNA-N 6464 4927 EFRZR
D-2 STEEL BUNA-N 6465 4985 EFC
S6 BUNA-N 6465SS6 4985SS6 EFCSS6
S6 VITON 6465SS6 4985SS6 EFCS6V
17-4PH BUNA-N 6465PH 4985PH EFCPH
3"
S6 AFLAS 6465SS6 4985SS6 EFCS6AF
S6 HSN 6465SS6 4985SS6 EFCS6HSN
D-2 STEEL VITON 6465 4985 EFCV
3"
ZIRCONIA BUNA-N 6465 4985 EFCZR
3" QUICK OPENING 17-4PH / D2 BUNA-N 6465PH 7094 EFCQOPH
D-2 STEEL BUNA-N 6465 5123 EHZ
D-2 STEEL VITON 6465 5123 EHZV
2" S6 BUNA-N 6465SS6 5123SS6 EHZS6
S6 HSN 6465SS6 5123SS6 EHZS6HSN
S6 VITON 6465SS6 5123SS6 EHZS6V
D-2 STEEL BUNA-N 5583 5139 EFF
D-2 STEEL VITON 5583 5139 EFFV
S6 BUNA-N 5583SS6 5139SS6 EFFSS6
4"
S6 VITON 5583SS6 5139SS6 EFFS6V
S6 HSN 5583SS6 5139SS6 EFFS6HSN
4"
ZIRCONIA BUNA-N 5583 5139 EFFZR
D-2 STEEL BUNA-N 5583 5255 EVK
D-2 STEEL VITON 5583 5255 EVKV
3"
S6 BUNA-N 5583SS6 5255SS6 EVKS6
S6 VITON 5583SS6 5255SS6 EVKS6V
D-2 STEEL BUNA-N 5375SS6 5313 EFQ
6" S6 BUNA-N 5375SS6 5313 EFQS6
S6 AFLAS 5375SS6 5313SS6 EFQS6AF
S6 / D-2 STEEL BUNA-N 5375SS6 6425 MGE
6" S6 / D-2 STEEL AFLAS 5375SS6 6425 MGEAF
S6 / D-2 STEEL HSN 5375SS6 6425 MGEHSN
4"
S6 / D-2 STEEL VITON 5375SS6 6425 MGEV
S6 5375SS6 6425SS6 MGES6
S6 AFLAS 5375SS6 6425SS6 MGES6AF
S6 / D-2 STEEL BUNA-N 6570S6 6609 EIC
8" S6 BUNA-N 6570S6 6609SS6 EICS6
S6 HSN 6570S6 6609SS6 EICS6HSN
8" & 10"
S6 / D-2 STEEL BUNA-N 6570S6 6647 MGI
6" S6 BUNA-N 6570S6 6647SS6 MGIS6
S6 HSN 6570S6 6647SS6 HGIS6HSN
Kimray is an ISO 9001- certified manufacturer.
E1:80.2 Current Revision:
Issued 8/14 www.kimray.com
HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES
INNER VALVES
316SS c
T2842SS6 T2841SS6 T2840SS6 T2838SS6 T2839SS6
17-4PH d
T2947PHMV
EQUAL
2" MV
PERCENTAGE c
316SS T6404S6MV T2993S6MV T2992S6MV T2947S6MV
‡
®
153, 1" *
530, 2"
Ø 9 1/16"
Ø 13"
3"
10 9/32"
1 15/16" 12 1/32"
13 15/16"
1 7/32"
2 1/32"
2 1/32"
4 7/16"
1 15/16"
1" SMS
1 7/32"
Ø 9 1/16" 2 1/32"
2 1/32"
4 7/16"
1" NPT
Outlet Ø 13"
1 3/4"
3"
2" NPT
5 1/16"
2 9/16"
1" NPT
Inlet
12 1/32"
13 25/32"
1" SMVA/T 2” NPT
Ø 2 3/4"
1" NPT
Outlet
6 1/16" 1 3/4”
1 7/32" 5 1/16"
2 1/32"
2 9/16"
2 1/32"
1" NPT
4 7/16" Inlet
3"
16 7/8"
13 3/4"
5 5/8"
10 5/8" Ø4 1/8"
8"
‡
®
14 9/16"
15 1/4"
C
B
A Ø4 1/8"
14 1/4"
C
B
Ø4 1/8"
MODEL NO. A B C
2200 6 9/16" 3 1/4" 2 1/8" All dimensions are in inches
2400 6 7/8" 3 15/32" 2 1/4" Flanged body dimensions available on request.
E1:100.2 ‡ Configuration of High Pressure Control Valve is a trademark of Kimray, Inc. Current Revision:
Issued 7/14 www.kimray.com Correct trademark note
HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES
FLANGED BODY DIMENSIONS
www.kimray.com
E2
SECTION
LOW PRESSURE
MOTOR VALVES
www.kimray.com
NOTE: We reserve the right to modify or change, without prior
notice, any statement or information contained herein. If exact dimen-
sions or specifications are required by the customer
certified prints will be furnished for a minimum charge upon request
to KIMRAY, Inc.
® Copyright 1992, KIMRAY, Inc.
LOW PRESSURE MOTOR VALVES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
AFLAS ®
is a trade mark of Asahi Glass Co TEFLON (T)
TEMPERATURE: TEMPERATURE:
+30° to +500° F -40° to +400° F
0° to +260° C -20° to +204° C
APPLICATION: APPLICATION:
Crude Oil & Gas Production (High heat), Steam Chemically Inert Elastomer Best in static Do not use at
Flood Production Chemicals (corrosion inhibitors) Amine low temps
Sweetener Systems, Gasoline, Diesel, Fuel Oil Systems
FLUID / GAS:
FLUID / GAS: Almost All Chemicals
Crude Oil & Gas Production, H2S, Steam, Petroleum
fluids, Sea Water
VITON ®
is a trade mark of Dupont
APPLICATIONS: CONSTRUCTION:
Pilot operated oil or water dump valve for separators, emul- Body and housings are available in cast iron, ductile iron or
sion treaters and other similar liquid accumulators. steel. Valve stem is 303 stainless steel. Spring is stainless steel.
Any system requiring a valve to close when it receives a Diaphragm and seating materials are oil resistant synthetic
pneumatic signal. rubber or polyurethane. After assembly each valve is given a
These valves are available, at extra cost, with a spring under complete operational test.
the diaphragm plate that will hold the valve full open whenever
pressure on top of the diaphragm is released. This assembly OPERATION:
is for applications where small differential pressures exist and The Stem Assembly is the only moving unit in the motor
capacities required are greater than those shown on the MT valve. With the valve open, Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) from
capacity chart, this section. To order this assembly, specify Valve a pilot or control, loads the upper side of the DIAPHRAGM and
Number and add “with spring under diaphragm.” For capacities is opposed by the Upstream Pressure (Green) under the INNER
of valves so equipped, refer to MT-DA capacity chart, this sec- VALVE SEAT.
tion. As Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) increases the Stem
Assembly is forced downward closing the motor valve.
FEATURES: As Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) is reduced, Upstream
Tight shut-off Pressure (Green) forces the Stem Assembly upward opening
Single soft seat the valve.
Full line size opening With an effective DIAPHRAGM area two times the INNER
Removable valve seat VALVE SEAT area, Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) must be 60%
Minimum maintenance or more of the Upstream Pressure (Green) in order to achieve a
All internal parts can be removed with valve in line tight shut-off.
Ratio of diaphragm to seat area is 2:1
Controls approximately 2 times the pilot signal pressure
CAPACITY:
For liquid capacity chart refer to table of contents.
For gas capacity chart refer to Catalog Section “A.”
Cf & Cv VALUES
Line Size Trim Size Cf Cv
1" 1.00" 0.74 13.2
2" 2.00" 0.84 47.0
3" 3.00" 0.75 117.0
4" 4.00" 0.75 210.0
6" 6.00" 0.75 480.0
Stem Assembly
Diaphragm Pressure
Upstream Pressure
Downstream Pressure
Diaphragm
Oil
1”
1"
Companion flanges, nuts, bolts and gaskets are furnished at extra cost. Refer to
a
1"
1388, 2"
2478, 2"
Spring 1528, 3"
Bonnet 2479, 3"
1529, 4"
2480, 4"
1706, 2" 1575, 6"
284, 6"
* Diaphragm 1640, 3" (Not shown, Optional)
2015, 4" 965, 8 Req’d. 2"
2481, 2" 2140, 6" Screw 1630, 10 Req’d. 3"
Housing 2482, 3" 907, 12 Req’d. 4"
2483, 4" 2142, 16 Req’d. 6"
2957, 6" 4557DS6, 2"
Adapter 7244 Spacer 4564DS6, 3"
Breather Plug 147 4566DS6, 4"
2490, 2" 4571DS6, 6"
Plate 2491, 3" 149T, 2" *
2492, 4" Back up, 2 Req’d. 150T, 3"
2958, 6" 151T, 4"
5225, 2" 152T, 6"
O Ring 5226, 3" 196, 2" *
5227, 4" Gasket 197, 3"
4086, 6" 198, 4"
199, 6"
4557ES6, 2" 154, 2" *
Retaineer 4564ES6, 3" O Ring 807, 3"
4566ES6, 4" 156, 4"
4571ES6, 6" 157, 6"
138, 2" 2493SS6, 2"
Stem 139, 3" Disc 2494SS6, 3"
140, 4" 2495SS6, 4"
141, 6" 2961SS6, 6"
Plug 699, 2 Req’d.
164HSN, 2" 276, 2"
* Seat 165HSN, 3" Gasket 277, 3"
166HSN, 4" 196, 4"
167HSN, 6" 279, 6"
177SS6, 2" STD. HEAT TREAT
Ratio Plug 178, 3" 2496SS6 272HT, 2"
179, 4" Seat 2497SS6 273HT, 3"
3079SS6, 6" 2498SS6 274HT, 4"
3075SS6 275HT, 6"
2468, 2" Seat Wrench 272SW to 275SW
Body 2469, 3" 173, 2" *
2470, 4" Lock Nut 906, 3"-4"
2959, 6" 175, 6"
www.kimray.com
LOW PRESSURE MOTOR VALVES
DOUBLE ACTING
APPLICATIONS: CONSTRUCTION:
Liquid metering vessels. Materials in body and housings are made of cast iron, duc-
Any system which requires a valve to receive a pilot signal on tile iron or steel. Valve stem is 303 stainless steel. Spring is
either or both sides of the main diaphragm. stainless steel. Diaphragm and seating materials are oil resistant
synthetic rubber. After assembly each valve is given a complete
operational test.
FEATURES:
Tight shut-off OPERATION:
Single soft seat The Stem Assembly is the only moving unit in the double
Full line size opening acting motor valve. The PRELOAD SPRING loads the Stem
Removable valve seat Assembly closing the valve if there is no Diaphragm Pressure
Ratio of diaphragm to seat area is 2:1 (Yellow) and if Upstream Pressure (Green) minus Downstream
Spring loaded to hold 5 to 6 p.s.i. back pressure Pressure (Blue) is 5 to 6 psig or less.
Minimum Maintenance An increase in the Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) and / or and
All internal parts can be removed with valve in line increase in the differential pressure across the INNER VALVE
SEAT overcomes the PRELOAD SPRING force, moves the
CAPACITY: Stem Assembly upward, opening the valve.
For liquid capacity charts refer to table of contents. A decrease in the Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) allows the
For gas capacity charts refer to catalog section “A”. PRELOAD SPRING to move the Stem Assembly downward
and close the valve when Upstream Pressure (Green) minus
Cf & Cv VALUES Downstream Pressure (Blue) is 5 to 6 psig or less.
Line Size Trim Size Cf Cv With an effective DIAPHRAGM area two times the INNER
1" 1.00" 0.74 13.2 VALVE SEAT area, and the PRELOAD SPRING, a differen-
2" 2.00" 0.84 47.0 tial pressure greater than 5 to 6 psig and/or 3 psig or more
3" 3.00" 0.75 117.0 Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) will open the motor valve.
4" 4.00" 0.75 210.0
6" 6.00" 0.75 480.0
Stem Assembly
Diaphragm Pressure
Preload Spring
Upstream Pressure
Downstream Pressure
Diaphragm
Oil
1"
1"
722, 2"
717, 2"
Spring 723, 3"
Bonnet 718, 3"
724, 4"
719, 4"
Breather Plug 147 173, 2" *
Lock Nut
906, 3"-4"
1965, 2"
* Diaphragm 1966, 3" 2576, 2"
2139, 4" Upper Plate 1967, 3"
2578, 4"
2481, 2"
Housing 2482, 3" 965, 8 Req’d. 2"
2483, 4" Screw 1630, 10 Req’d. 3"
907, 12 Req’d. 4"
Adapter 7244
149T, 2" *
2490, 2" Back up, 2 Req’d. 150T, 3"
Lower Plate 2491, 3" 151T, 4"
2492, 4"
4557DS6, 2" 196, 2" *
Spacer 4564DS6, 3" Gasket 197, 3"
4566DS6, 4" 198, 4"
5225, 2" 154, 2" *
O Ring 5226, 3" O Ring 807, 3"
5227, 4" 156, 4"
4557ES6, 2"
2493SS6, 2"
Retaineer 4564ES6, 3"
Disc 2494SS6, 3"
4566ES6, 4"
2495SS6, 4"
727, 2"
Plug 699, 2 Req’d.
Stem 728, 3"
729, 4" 276, 2"
164HSN, 2" Gasket 277, 3"
* Seat 165HSN, 3" 196, 4"
166HSN, 4" STD. STAINLESS HEAT TREAT
177SS6, 2" 2496 2496SS6 272HT, 2"
Ratio Plug 178, 3" Seat 2497 2497SS6 273HT, 3"
179, 4" 2498 2498SS6 274HT, 4"
Seat Wrench 272SW to 274SW
2468, 2"
Body 2469, 3" 173, 2" *
Lock Nut
2470, 4" 906, 3"-4"
APPLICATIONS: CONSTRUCTION:
For use on oil and gas separators and liquid meters where Body and housings are available in cast iron, ductile iron or
a 30 psig maximum pilot signal is available to actuate valves steel. Valve stem is 303 stainless steel. Spring is stainless steel.
operating at pressures up to 300 psig. Diaphragm and seating materials are oil resistant synthetic rub-
These valves are available, at extra cost, with a spring under ber or polyurethane. After assembly each valve is given a com-
the diaphragm plate that will hold the valve full open whenever plete operational test.
pressure on top of the diaphragm is released. This assembly
is for applications where small differential pressures exist and OPERATION:
capacities required are greater than those shown on the MT The Stem Assembly is the only moving unit in the motor
capacity chart, this section. To order this assembly, specify Valve valve. With the valve open, Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) from
Number and add “with spring under diaphragm.” For capacities a pilot or control, loads the upper side of the DIAPHRAGM and
of valves so equipped, refer to MT-DA capacity chart, this sec- is opened by the Upstream Pressure (Green) under the INNER
tion. VALVE SEAT.
As Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) increases the Stem
Assembly is forced downward, closing the motor valve.
FEATURES: As Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) is reduced, Upstream
Tight shut-off Pressure (Green) forces the Stem Assembly upward, opening
Single soft seat the valve.
Removable valve seat With an effective DIAPHRAGM area five times the INNER
Ratio of diaphragm to seat area is: VALVE SEAT area, Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) must be 25%
8:1 on 1" or more of the Upstream Pressure (Green) in order to achieve a
5:1 on 2", 3", 4", and 6" tight shut-off.
Controls 8 times signal pressure on 1"
Controls 5 times signal pressure on 2", 3", 4" and 6"
Minimum maintenance
All internal parts can be removed with valve in line
CAPACITY:
For liquid capacity refer to table of contents.
For gas capacity refer to catalog section “A.”
Cf & Cv VALUES
Line Size Trim Size Cf Cv
1" .50" 0.86 5.6
2" 1.25" 0.84 24.0
3" 1.62" 0.82 34.2
4" 2.00" 0.80 55.0
6" 3.00" 0.80 120.0
Stem Assembly
Diaphragm Pressure
Upstream Pressure
Downstream Pressure
Diaphragm
Oil
1"
1”
1388, 2"
2478, 2"
Spring 1528, 3"
Bonnet 2479, 3"
1529, 4"
2480, 4"
(Not shown, Optional)
1706, 2"
* Diaphragm 1640, 3" 965, 8 Req’d. 2"
2015, 4" Screw 1630, 10 Req’d. 3"
907, 12 Req’d. 4"
2481, 2"
Housing 2482, 3"
2483, 4" 149T, 2" *
Back up, 2 Req’d. 150T, 3"
Adapter 7244 151T, 4"
Breather Plug 147
196, 2" *
2490, 2" Gasket 197, 3"
Plate 2491, 3" 198, 4"
2492, 4"
154, 2" *
4557DS6, 2"
O Ring 807, 3"
Spacer 4564DS6, 3"
156, 4"
4566DS6, 4"
5225, 2"
707, 2"
O Ring 5226, 3"
Disc 2585, 3"
5227, 4"
2493, 4"
4557ES6, 2"
Retaineer 4564ES6, 3"
4566ES6, 4" Plug 699, 2 Req’d.
709P, 2"
* Seat 1230P, 3" STD. STAINLESS HEAT TREAT
164HSN, 4" 706S 706SS6 706HT, 2"
Seat 1219S 1219SS6 1219HT, 3"
708, 2" 1220S 1220SS6 1220HT, 4"
Ratio Plug 1228, 3" 706HTSW, 2"
177, 4" Seat Wrench 1219HTSW, 3"
1220HTSW, 4"
2468, 2"
Body 2469, 3" 173, 2" *
Lock Nut
2470, 4" 906, 3"-4"
APPLICATION: CONSTRUCTION:
Liquid metering vessels where a 12 to 15 psig back pressure Body and housings are available in cast iron, ductile iron or
is desired. steel. Valve stem is 303 stainless steel. Spring is stainless steel.
Any system which requires a valve to receive a 30 psig maxi- Diaphragm and seating materials are oil resistant synthetic rub-
mum pilot signal on either or both sides of the main diaphragm ber or polyurethane. After assembly each valve is given a com-
operating at pressures up to 300 psig. plete operational test.
OPERATION:
FEATURES: The Stem Assembly is the only moving unit in the double
Tight shut-off
acting motor valve. The PRELOAD SPRING loads the Stem
Single soft seat
Assembly closing the valve if there is no Diaphragm Pressure
Removable valve seat
Ratio of diaphragm to seat area is: (Yellow) and if Upstream Pressure (Green) minus Downstream
8:1 on 1" Pressure (Blue) is 12 to 15 psig or less.
5:1 on 2", 3", 4", and 6" An increase in the Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) and/or an
Controls 8 times signal pressure on 1" increase in the differential pressure across the INNER VALVE
Controls 5 times signal pressure on 2", 3", 4" and 6" SEAT overcomes the PRELOAD SPRING force, move the Stem
Minimum maintenance Assembly upward, opening the valve.
All internal parts can be removed with valve in line A decrease in the Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) allows the
PRELOAD SPRING to move the Stem Assembly downward
and close the valve when Upstream Pressure (Green) minus
CAPACITY: Downstream Pressure (Blue) is 12 to 15 psig or less.
For liquid capacity refer to table of contents.
For gas capacity refer to catalog section “A.” With an effective DIAPHRAGM area five times the INNER
VALVE SEAT area, and the PRELOAD SPRING, a differen-
Cf & Cv VALUES tial pressure greater than 12 to 15 psig and/or 3 psig or more
Line Size Trim Size Cf Cv Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) will open the motor valve.
1" .50" 0.86 5.6
2" 1.25" 0.84 24.0
3" 1.62" 0.82 34.2
4" 2.00" 0.80 55.0
6" 3.00" 0.80 120.0
Stem Assembly
Diaphragm Pressure
Upstream Pressure
Preload Spring Downstream Pressure
Diaphragm
Oil
1"
1"
722, 2"
717, 2"
Spring 723, 3"
Bonnet 718, 3"
724, 4"
719, 4"
Breather Plug 147 173, 2" *
Lock Nut
906, 3"-4"
1965, 2"
* Diaphragm 1966, 3" 2576, 2"
2139, 4" Upper Plate 1967, 3"
2578, 4"
2481, 2"
Housing 2482, 3" 965, 8 Req’d. 2"
2483, 4" Screw 1630, 10 Req’d. 3"
907, 12 Req’d. 4"
Adapter 7244
149T, 2" *
2577, 2" Back up, 2 Req’d. 150T, 3"
Lower Plate 1968, 3" 151T, 4"
2579, 4"
4557DS6, 2" 196, 2" *
Spacer 4564DS6, 3" Gasket 197, 3"
4566DS6, 4" 198, 4"
5225, 2" 154, 2" *
O Ring 5226, 3" O Ring 807, 3"
5227, 4" 156, 4"
4557ES6, 2"
707, 2"
Retaineer 4564ES6, 3"
Disc 2585, 3"
4566ES6, 4"
2493, 4"
727, 2"
Plug 699, 2 Req’d.
Stem 1225SS6, 3"
1226SS6, 4" 276, 2"
709P, 2" Gasket 277, 3"
* Seat 1230P, 3" 196, 4"
164HSN, 4" STD. STAINLESS HEAT TREAT
708, 2" 706S 706SS6 706HT, 2"
Ratio Plug 1228, 3" Seat 1219S 1219SS6 1219HT, 3"
177, 4" 1220S 1220SS6 1220HT, 4"
706HTSW, 2"
2468, 2" Seat Wrench 1219HTSW, 3"
Body 2469, 3" 1220HTSW, 4"
2470, 4" 173, 2" *
Lock Nut
906, 3"-4"
APPLICATIONS: CONSTRUCTION:
Liquid metering vessels where a 10 to 12 psig back pressure Body and housings are available in cast iron, ductile iron or
is desired. steel. Valve stem is 303 stainless steel. Spring is stainless steel.
Any system which requires a valve to receive a pilot signal Diaphragm and seating materials are oil resistant synthetic rub-
on either or both sides of the main diaphragm. ber or polyurethane. After assembly each valve is given a com-
plete operational test.
FEATURES: OPERATION:
Tight shut-off The Stem Assembly is the only moving unit in the double
Single soft seat acting motor valve. The PRELOAD SPRING loads the Stem
Full line size opening Assembly closing the valve if there is no Diaphragm Pressure
Removable valve seat (Yellow) and if Upstream Pressure (Green) minus Downstream
Ratio of diaphragm to seat area is 2:1 Pressure (Blue) is 10 to 12 psig or less.
Spring loaded to hold 10 to 12 psig back pressure An increase in Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) and/or an
Minimum maintenance increase in the differential pressure across the INNER VALVE
All internal parts can be removed with valve in line SEAT overcomes the PRELOAD SPRING force, moves the
Stem Assembly upward, opening the valve.
A decrease in diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) allows the
CAPACITY: PRELOAD SPRING to move the Stem Assembly downward
For liquid capacity chart refer to table of contents.
and close the valve when Upstream Pressure (Green) minus
For gas capacity chart refer to catalog section “A.”
Downstream Pressure (Blue) is 10 to 12 psig or less.
Cf & Cv VALUES
With an effective DIAPHRAGM area two times the INNER
Line Size Trim Size Cf Cv VALVE SEAT area, and the PRELOAD SPRING, a diferential
1" 1.00" 0.74 13.2 pressure greater than 10 to 12 psig and/or 6 psig or more
2" 2.00" 0.84 47.0 Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) will open the motor valve.
3" 3.00" 0.75 117.0
4" 4.00" 0.75 210.0
6" 6.00" 0.75 480.0
Stem Assembly
Diaphragm Pressure
Preload Spring
Upstream Pressure
Downstream Pressure
Diaphragm
Oil
1"
a
Companion flanges, nuts, bolts and gaskets are furnished, at extra cost, only when
specified. Kimray is an ISO 9001- certified manufacturer.
E2:50.2 Current Revision:
Issued 5/13 www.kimray.com Change 1 inch Screw & Body
LOW PRESSURE MOTOR VALVES
MT 2DA DOUBLE ACTING
DUCTILE IRON
1"
a
Companion flanges, nuts, bolts and gaskets are furnished, at extra cost, only when
specified. Kimray is an ISO 9001- certified manufacturer.
Current Revision: E2:50.3
Change Seat to HSN www.kimray.com Issued 5/14
LOW PRESSURE MOTOR VALVES
MT 2DA DOUBLE ACTING
STEEL
723, 2"
2582, 2"
Spring 724, 3"
Bonnet 2583, 3"
725, 4"
2584, 4"
Breather Plug 147 173, 2" *
Lock Nut
906, 3"-4"
1965, 2"
* Diaphragm 1966, 3" 2576, 2"
2139, 4" Upper Plate 1967, 3"
2578, 4"
2481, 2"
Housing 2482, 3" 965, 8 Req’d. 2"
2483, 4" Screw 1630, 10 Req’d. 3"
907, 12 Req’d. 4"
Adapter 7244
149T, 2" *
2577, 2" Back up, 2 Req’d. 150T, 3"
Lower Plate 1968, 3" 151T, 4"
2579, 4"
4557DS6, 2" 196, 2" *
Spacer 4564DS6, 3" Gasket 197, 3"
4566DS6, 4" 198, 4"
5225, 2" 154, 2" *
O Ring 5226, 3" O Ring 807, 3"
5227, 4" 156, 4"
4557ES6, 2"
2493SS6, 2"
Retaineer 4564ES6, 3"
Disc 2494SS6, 3"
4566ES6, 4"
2495SS6, 4"
727, 2"
Plug 699, 2 Req’d.
Stem 728, 3"
729, 4" 276, 2"
164HSN, 2" Gasket 277, 3"
* Seat 165HSN, 3" 196, 4"
166HSN, 4" STD. STAINLESS HEAT TREAT
177SS6, 2" 2496 2496SS6 272HT, 2"
Ratio Plug 178, 3" Seat 2497 2497SS6 273HT, 3"
179, 4" 2498 2498SS6 274HT, 4"
Seat Wrench 272SW to 274SW
2468, 2"
Body 2469, 3" 173, 2" *
Lock Nut
2470, 4" 906, 3"-4"
a
Companion flanges, nuts, bolts and gaskets are furnished, at extra cost, only when For dimensions refer to Table of Contents.
specified
APPLICATIONS: CONSTRUCTION:
Liquid metering vessels where a 24 to 30 psig back pressure Body and housings are available in cast iron, ductile iron or
is desired. steel. Valve stem is 303 stainless steel. Spring is stainless steel.
Any system which requires a valve to receive a 30 psig maxi- Diaphragm and seating materials are oil resistant synthetic rub-
mum pilot signal on either or both sides of the main diaphragm ber or polyurethane. After assembly each valve is given a com-
operating at pressures up to 300 psig. plete operational test.
OPERATION:
FEATURES: The Stem Assembly is the only moving unit in the double
Tight shut-off acting motor valve. The PRELOAD SPRING loads the Stem
Single soft seat Assembly closing the valve if there is no Diaphragm Pressure
Removable valve seat (Yellow) and if Upstream Pressure (Green) minus Downstream
Ratio of diaphragm to seat area is: Pressure (Blue) is 24 to 30 psig or less.
8:1 on 1" An increase in the Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) and/or an
5:1 on 2", 3", 4", and 6" increase in the differential pressure across the INNER VALVE
Controls 8 times signal pressure on 1"
SEAT overcomes the PRELOAD SPRING force, moves the
Controls 5 times signal pressure on 2", 3", 4" and 6"
Stem Assembly upward, opening the valve.
Spring loaded to hold:
35 to 40 psig back pressure on 1" A decrease in the Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) allows the
24 to 30 psig back pressure on 2", 3", 4" and 6" PRELOAD SPRING to move the Stem Assembly downward
Minimum maintenance and close the valve when Upstream Pressure (Green) minus
All internal parts can be removed with valve in line Downstream Pressure (Blue) is 24 to 30 psig or less.
With an effective DIAPHRAGM area five times the INNER
VALVE SEAT area, and the PRELOAD SPRING, a differen-
CAPACITY: tial pressure greater than 24 to 30 psig and/or 6 psig or more
For liquid capacity refer to table of contents. Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) will open the motor valve.
For gas capacity refer to catalog section “A.”
Cf & Cv VALUES
Line Size Trim Size Cf Cv
1" .50" 0.86 5.6
2" 1.25" 0.84 24.0
3" 1.62" 0.82 34.2
4" 2.00" 0.80 55.0
6" 3.00" 0.80 120.0
Stem Assembly
Diaphragm Pressure
Preloa Spring Upstream Pressure
Downstream Pressure
Diaphragm
il
nner al e Seat
2”, 3” & 4”
1"
a
Companion flanges, nuts, bolts and gaskets are furnished, at extra cost, only when
specified. Kimray is an ISO 9001- certified manufacturer.
E2:60.2 Current Revision:
Issued 10/13 www.kimray.com Change Stem numbers
LOW PRESSURE MOTOR VALVES
MT 2DA5 WITH REDUCED INNER VALVE
DUCTILE IRON
1"
a
Companion flanges, nuts, bolts and gaskets are furnished, at extra cost, only when
specified. Kimray is an ISO 9001- certified manufacturer.
Current Revision: E2:60.3
Change Seat to HSN www.kimray.com Issued 5/14
LOW PRESSURE MOTOR VALVES
MT 2DA5 WITH REDUCED INNER VALVE
STEEL
723, 2"
2582, 2"
Spring 724, 3"
Bonnet 2583, 3"
725, 4"
2584, 4"
Breather Plug 147 173, 2" *
Lock Nut
906, 3"-4"
1965, 2"
* Diaphragm 1966, 3" 2576, 2"
2139, 4" Upper Plate 1967, 3"
2578, 4"
2481, 2"
Housing 2482, 3" 965, 8 Req’d. 2"
2483, 4" Screw 1630, 10 Req’d. 3"
907, 12 Req’d. 4"
Adapter 7244
149T, 2" *
2577, 2" Back up, 2 Req’d. 150T, 3"
Lower Plate 1968, 3" 151T, 4"
2579, 4"
4557DS6, 2" 196, 2" *
Spacer 4564DS6, 3" Gasket 197, 3"
4566DS6, 4" 198, 4"
5225, 2" 154, 2" *
O Ring 5226, 3" O Ring 807, 3"
5227, 4" 156, 4"
4557ES6, 2"
707, 2"
Retaineer 4564ES6, 3"
Disc 2585, 3"
4566ES6, 4"
2493, 4"
727, 2"
Plug 699, 2 Req’d.
Stem 1225, 3"
1226, 4" 276, 2"
709P, 2" Gasket 277, 3"
* Seat 1230P, 3" 196, 4"
164HSN, 4" STD. STAINLESS HEAT TREAT
708, 2" 706S 706SS6 706HT, 2"
Ratio Plug 1228, 3" Seat 1219S 1219SS6 1219HT, 3"
177, 4" 1220S 1220SS6 1220HT, 4"
706HTSW, 2"
2468, 2" Seat Wrench 1219HTSW, 3"
Body 2469, 3" 1220HTSW, 4"
2470, 4" 173, 2" *
Lock Nut
906, 3"-4"
a
Companion flanges, nuts, bolts and gaskets are furnished, at extra cost, only when For dimensions refer to Table of Contents.
specified.
APPLICATIONS: CONSTRUCTION:
Liquid metering vessels where a 22 to 25 psig back pressure Body and housings are available in cast iron, ductile iron or
is desired. steel. Valve stem is 303 stainless steel. Spring is stainless steel.
Any system which requires a valve to receive a pilot signal on Diaphragm and seating materials are oil resistant synthetic rub-
either or both sides of the main diaphragm. ber or polyurethane. After assembly each valve is given a com-
plete operational test.
FEATURES:
Tight shut-off OPERATION:
Single soft seat The Stem Assembly is the only moving unit in the double
Full line size opening acting motor valve. The PRELOAD SPRING loads the Stem
Removable valve seat Assembly closing the valve if there is no Diaphragm Pressure
Ratio of diaphragm to seat area is 2:1 (Yellow) and if Upstream Pressure (Green) minus Downstream
Spring loaded to hold 22 to 25 psig back pressure Pressure (Blue) is 22 to 25 psig or less.
Minimum maintenance An increase in the Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) and/or an
All internal parts can be removed with valve in line. increase in the differential pressure across the INNER VALVE
SEAT overcomes the PRELOAD SPRING force, moves the
CAPACITY: Stem Assembly upward, opening the motor valve.
For liquid capacity refer to table of contents A decrease in the Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) allows the
For gas capacity refer to catalog section “A.” PRELOAD SPRING to move the Stem Assembly downward
and close the valve when Upstream Pressure (Green) minus
Cf & Cv VALUES Downstream Pressure (Blue) is 22 to 25 psig or less.
Line Size Trim Size Cf Cv With an effective DIAPHRAGM area two times the INNER
1" 1.00" 0.74 13.2 VALVE SEAT area, and the PRELOAD SPRING, a differential
2" 2.00" 0.84 47.0 pressure greater than 22 to 25 psig and/or 12 psig or more
3" 3.00" 0.75 117.0 Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) will open the motor valve.
4" 4.00" 0.75 210.0
6" 6.00" 0.75 480.0
Stem Assembly
Preload Spring
Diaphragm Pressure
Upstream Pressure
Downstream Pressure
Diaphragm
il
a
Companion flanges, nuts, bolts and gaskets are furnished at extra cost.
Refer to Section “Y” for ordering.
APPLICATIONS: CONSTRUCTION:
Liquid metering vessels where a 44 to 50 psig back pres- Body and housings are available in cast iron, ductile iron or
sure is desired. steel. Valve stem is 303 stainless steel. Spring is stainless steel.
Any system which requires a valve to receive a pilot signal on Diaphragm and seating materials are oil resistant synthetic rub-
either or both sides of the main diaphragm. ber or polyurethane. After assembly each valve is given a com-
plete operational test.
FEATURES: OPERATION:
Tight shut-off The Stem Assembly is the only moving unit in the double
Single soft seat acting motor valve. The PRELOAD SPRING loads the Stem
Removable valve seat
Assembly closing the valve if there is no Diaphragm Pressure
Ratio of diaphragm to seat area is 5:1
(Yellow) and if Upstream Pressure (Green) minus downstream
Controls approximately 5 times signal pressure
Spring loaded to hold 44 to 50 psig back pressure Pressure (Blue) is 44 to 50 psig or less.
Minimum maintenance An increase in Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) and/or an
All internal parts can be removed with valve in line increase in the differential pressure across the INNER VALVE
SEAT overcomes the PRELOAD SPRING force, moves the
Stem Assembly upward, opening the valve.
CAPACITY: A decrease in Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) allows the
For liquid capacity refer to table of contents PRELOAD SPRING to move the Stem Assembly downward
For gas capacity refer to catalog section “A.” and close the valve when Upstream Pressure (Green) minus
Downstream Pressure (Blue) is 44 to 50 psig or less.
Cf & Cv VALUES
Line Size Trim Size Cf Cv
With an effective DIAPHRAGM area five times the INNER
1" .50" 0.86 5.6 VALVE SEAT area, and the PRELOAD SPRING, a differential
2" 1.25" 0.84 24.0 pressure greater than 44 to 50 psig and/or 10 psig or more
3" 1.62" 0.82 34.2 Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) will open the motor valve.
4" 2.00" 0.80 55.0
6" 3.00" 0.80 120.0
Stem Assembly
Preload Spring Diaphragm Pressure
Upstream Pressure
Diaphragm Downstream Pressure
il
nner al e Seat
*Companion flanges, nuts, bolts and gaskets are furnished at extra cost.
Refer to Section “Y” for ordering.
*Companion flanges, nuts, bolts and gaskets are furnished at extra cost.
Refer to Section “Y” for ordering.
APPLICATIONS: CAPACITY:
Liquid metering vessels where up to 250 psig adjustable back For liquid capacity refer to table of contents.
pressure is desired. For gas capacity refer to catalog section “A.”
Burner valve for throttling or snap action service.
Any system that requires a double acting motor valve but also
requires an adjustable maximum back pressure. CONSTRUCTION:
Body and housings are available in cast iron, ductile iron or
steel. Valve stem is 303 stainless steel. Spring is stainless steel.
FEATURES: Diaphragm and seating materials are oil resistant synthetic
All internal parts can be removed with valve in line rubber or polyurethane. After assembly each valve is given a
Ratio of diaphragm to seat area is 2:1 complete operational test.
Controls approximately 2 times signal pressure
Spring adjustment: OPERATION:
5 to 40 psig on 1" The Stem Assembly is the only moving unit in the motor
5 to 175 psig on 2" standard valve. The PRELOAD SPRING loads the Stem Assembly clos-
5 to 250 psig optional on 2" ductile and steal ing the valve if there is no Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) and if
Minimum maintenance Upstream Pressure (Green) minus downstream Pressure (Blue)
Removable valve seat is less than the PRELOAD SPRING force.
Tight shut-off An increase in Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) and/or an
Single soft seat increase in differential pressure across the INNER VALVE SEAT
overcomes the PRELOAD SPRING force, moves the Stem
Adjusting Screw Assembly upward, opening the valve.
A decrease in Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) allows the
PRELOAD SPRING to move the Stem Assembly downward
closing the valve when Upstream Pressure (Green) minus
Downstream Pressure (Blue) is less than the PRELOAD
SPRING setting.
With an effective DIAPHRAGM area two times the INNER
VALVE SEAT area, and an adjustable PRELOAD SPRING, a
differential pressure ranging up to 250 psig and/or a Diaphragm
Pressure (Yellow) ranging from 3 to 125 psig or greater will open
the valve depending on the PRELOAD SPRING setting.
Cf & Cv VALUES
Line Size Trim Size Cf Cv
1" 1.00" 0.74 13.2
2" 2.00" 0.84 47.0
3" 3.00" 0.75 117.0
4" 4.00" 0.75 210.0
6" 6.00" 0.75 480.0
Preload Spring
Stem Assembly
Diaphragm Pressure
Diaphragm
Upstream Pressure
Downstream Pressure
Oil
Nut 1897
2013 (Std.)
Spring
4006 (Opt.)
Bonnet 2031
*Gasket 196
Breather Plug 147
Spacer 4557DS6
Retaineer 4557ES6
*O Ring 5225
Seat Disc 2493
*Back Up 149T 2 Req’d.
Plug 699
*Seat 164HSN
Removable Seat 2496
Plug 699
Gasket 276
Ratio Plug 177SS6
APPLICATIONS: CAPACITY:
Liquid metering vessels where a 5 to 80 psig adjustable back For liquid capacity refer to table of contents.
pressure is desired. For gas capacity refer to catalog section “A.”
Burner valve for throttling or snap action service.
Any system that requires a double acting motor valve but CONSTRUCTION:
also requires an adjustable maximum back pressure. Body and housings are available in cast iron, ductile iron or
steel. Valve stem is 303 stainless steel. Spring is stainless steel.
Diaphragm and seating materials are oil resistant synthetic
FEATURES: rubber or polyurethane. After assembly each valve is given a
Tight shut-off complete operational test.
Single soft seat
Removable valve seat OPERATION:
Ratio of diaphragm to seat area is 8:1 The Stem Assembly is the only moving unit in the motor
Controls approximately 8 times signal pressure valve. The PRELOAD SPRING loads the Stem Assembly clos-
Spring adjustment from 5 to 80 psig ing the valve is there is no Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) and if
Minimum maintenance Upstream Pressure (Green) minus Downstream Pressure (Blue)
All internal parts can be removed with valve in line is less than the PRELOAD SPRING force.
An increase in Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) and/or an
increase in differential pressure across the INNER VALVE SEAT
overcomes the PRELOAD SPRING force, moves the Stem
Assembly upwards, opening the valve.
Adjusting A decrease in Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) allows the
Screw PRELOAD SPRING to move the Stem Assembly downward
and close the valve when Upstream Pressure (Green) minus
Downstream Pressure (Blue) is less than the PRELOAD
SPRING setting.
With an effective DIAPHRAGM area eight times the INNER
VALVE SEAT area, and an adjustable PRELOAD SPRING,
a differential pressure ranging from 5 to 80 psig and/or a
Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) ranging from 3 to 10 psig will open
the valve depending on the PRELOAD SPRING setting.
Cf & Cv VALUES
Line Size Trim Size Cf Cv
1" .50" 0.86 5.6
2" 1.25" 0.84 24.0
3" 1.62" 0.82 34.2
4" 2.00" 0.80 55.0
6" 3.00" 0.80 120.0
Preload
Spring
Diaphragm Assembly
Upstream Pressure
Downstream Pressure
Diaphragm
Diaphragm Pressure
Oil
APPLICATIONS: CONSTRUCTION:
Liquid or gas systems where a 0 to 85 psig adjustable back Body and housings are available in cast iron, ductile iron or
pressure is desired, such as treaters, free water knockouts, steel. Valve stem is 303 stainless steel. Spring is stainless steel.
pressure vessels, vent lines on separators, flow treaters, com- Diaphragm and seating materials are oil resistant synthetic
pressor stations, and gas gathering systems. rubber or polyurethane. After assembly each valve is given a
complete operational test.
OPERATION:
FEATURES: The Stem Assembly is the only moving unit in the motor
Single adjustment valve. The PRELOAD SPRING loads the Stem Assembly and is
Single soft seat
opposed by Upstream Pressure (Green) on the under side of the
Removable valve seat
DIAPHRAGM plus the differential of Upstream Pressure (Green)
Minimum maintenance
All internal parts can be removed with valve in line minus Downstream Pressure (Blue) across the INNER VALVE
Spring adjustment: SEAT.
0 to 10 psig An increase in Upstream Pressure (Green) exceeding the set
10 to 20 psig pressure of the PRELOAD SPRING moves the Stem Assembly
15 to 30 psig upward, opening the INNER VALVE SEAT.
25 to 50 psig A decrease in Upstream Pressure (Green) decreases the
30 to 65 psig force on the INNER VALVE SEAT and DIAPHRAGM allowing
40 to 85 psig the PRELOAD SPRING to move the Stem Assembly down-
ward reducing the flow from Upstream Pressure (Green) to
Downstream Pressure (Blue).
The interaction between the PRELOAD SPRING and the
Upstream Pressure (Green) on the INNER VALVE SEAT and
the DIAPHRAGM will cause the valve to open or close the
Adjusting Screw amount required to maintain the Upstream Pressure (Green) set
by the ADJUSTING SCREW.
Cf & Cv VALUES
Line Size Trim Size Cf Cv
1" 1.00" 0.74 13.2
2" 2.00" 0.84 47.0
3" 3.00" 0.75 117.0
4" 4.00" 0.75 210.0
6" 6.00" 0.75 480.0
Preload Spring
Stem Assembly
Upstream Pressure
Downstream Pressure
Diaphragm
Oil
1888, 2”
Upper Spring Guide
5293, 3”
Nut 1897
5368 (10 psi) White, 2”
5370 (20 psi) Blue, 2”
5336 (30 psi) Green, 2”
2013 (50 psi) Yellow, 2”
Spring 5371 (65 psi) Orange, 2”
4006 (85 psi) Red, 2”
2031, 2” 6937 Inner Spring
Bonnet (100psi) Red, 3”
4581, 3” 6938 Outer Spring
727, 2” 2029, 2”
Stem Lower Spring Guide
6801, 3” 5294, 3”
737, 2”
Upper Diaphragm Plate
733, 3”
Tubing 2996, 2” Only
Screw 965, 8 Req’d. 2”
907, 10 Req’d. 3” Ell 211, 2”
5369, 2” Plug 699, 3”
*Diaphragm
743, 3” 323SS6, 2”
Lower Diaphragm Plate
143, 2” 738, 3”
Housing
1632, 3” 154, 2”
O Ring *
155, 3”
*Gasket 196, 2”
197, 3” Oil 159, 2”
Seat Disc
160, 3”
*Back Up, 2 Req’d. 149T, 2”
150T, 3” Ell 211, 2”
164HSN, 2” Plug 699, 3”
*Seat
165HSN, 3” 272, 2”
Removable Seat
273, 3”
Plug 699
276, 2”
Gasket
5391, 2” 277, 3”
Ratio Plug
178, 3”
Body Lock Nut, 2 Req’d. 173, 2” *
906, 3”
Line Size Screwed Flanged Grooved 272SW, 2”
Removable Seat Wrench
2" 1709 1913 2964 273SW, 3”
3" 1634 1914 N/A
Nut 1897
5368 (10 psi) White, 2”
5370 (20 psi) Blue, 2”
5336 (30 psi) Green, 2”
2013 (50 psi) Yellow, 2”
Spring 5371 (65 psi) Orange, 2”
4006 (85 psi) Red, 2”
2031, 2” 6937 Inner Spring
Bonnet (100psi) Red, 3”
4581, 3” 6938 Outer Spring
727, 2” 2029, 2”
Stem Lower Spring Guide
6801, 3” 5294, 3”
737, 2”
Upper Diaphragm Plate
733, 3”
Tubing 2996, 2” Only
Screw 965, 8 Req’d. 2”
907, 10 Req’d. 3” Ell 211, 2”
5369, 2” Plug 699, 3”
*Diaphragm
743, 3” 323SS6, 2”
Lower Diaphragm Plate
1704, 2” 738, 3”
Housing
1632, 3” 154, 2”
O Ring *
155, 3”
*Gasket 196, 2”
197, 3” Oil 159, 2”
Seat Disc
160, 3”
*Back Up, 2 Req’d. 149T, 2”
150T, 3” Ell 211, 2”
164HSN, 2” Plug 699, 3”
*Seat
165HSN, 3” 272, 2”
Removable Seat
273, 3”
Plug 699
276, 2”
Gasket
5391, 2” 277, 3”
Ratio Plug
178, 3”
Body Lock Nut, 2 Req’d. 173, 2” *
906, 3”
Line Size Screwed Flanged 272SW, 2”
Removable Seat Wrench
2" 1709 1913 273SW, 3”
3" 1634 1914
2030, 2"
Adjusting Screw
6911, 3"
1888, 2"
Upper Spring Guide
5293, 3"
Nut 1897
5336 (30 lbs.) Green
2031, 2" Spring 2013 (50 lbs.) Yellow
Bonnet 5130 (100 lbs.) Red
4581, 3"
APPLICATIONS: CONSTRUCTION:
Liquid or gas systems where a 0 to 125 psig adjustable back Body and housings are available in cast iron, ductile iron or
pressure is desired, such as treaters, free water knockouts, steel. Valve stem is 303 stainless steel. Spring is stainless steel.
pressure vessels, vent lines on separators, flow treaters, com- Diaphragm and seating materials are oil resistant synthetic
pressor stations, and gas gathering systems. rubber or polyurethane. After assembly each valve is given a
complete operational test.
FEATURES:
Single adjustment OPERATION:
Single soft seat The Stem Assembly is the only moving unit in the motor
Removable valve seat valve. The PRELOAD SPRING loads the Stem Assembly and is
Internal sense line opposed by Upstream Pressure (Green) on the under side of the
Minimum maintenance DIAPHRAGM plus the differential of Upstream Pressure (Green)
All internal parts can be removed with valve in line minus Downstream Pressure (Blue) across the INNER VALVE
Spring adjustment SEAT.
• 0 to 10 psig. An increase in Upstream Pressure (Green) exceeding the set
• 10 to 20 psig. pressure of the PRELOAD SPRING moves the Stem Assembly
• 20 to 40 psig. upward, opening the INNER VALVE SEAT.
• 40 to 65 psig. A decrease in Upstream Pressure (Green) decreases the
• 65 to 90 psig. force on the INNER VALVE SEAT and DIAPHRAGM allowing
• 80 to 125 psig. the PRELOAD SPRING to move the Stem Assembly down-
ward reducing the flow from Upstream Pressure (Green) to
Downstream Pressure (Blue).
The interaction between the PRELOAD SPRING and the
Upstream Pressure (Green) on the INNER VALVE SEAT and
the DIAPHRAGM will cause the valve to open or close the
Adjusting Screw
amount required to maintain the Upstream Pressure (Green) set
by the ADJUSTING SCREW.
Cf & Cv VALUES
Line Size Trim Size Cf Cv
1" .50" 0.86 5.6
2" 1.25" 0.84 24.0
3" 1.62" 0.82 34.2
4" 2.00" 0.80 55.0
6" 3.00" 0.80 120.0
Preload Spring
Stem Assembly
Upstream Pressure
Downstream Pressure
Diaphragm
Oil
Nut 1897
5368 (10 lbs.) White, 2"
5370 (25 lbs.) Blue, 2"
5336 (40 lbs.) Green, 2"
Bonnet 2031, 2" Spring 2013 (65 lbs.) Yellow, 2"
4581, 3"
5371 (90 lbs.) Orange, 2"
4006 & 6763 (125 lbs.) Red, 2"
4006 (40 lbs.) Red, 3"
Stem 3070, 2"
4582, 3"
Lock Nut 173, 2"*
906, 3"
737, 2"
Upper Diaphragm Plate 733, 3"
2029, 2"
Lower Spring Guide 4591, 3"
965, 8 Req’d. 2"
Screw 907, 10 Req’d. 3"
5369, 2"*
Diaphragm 743, 3"
323SS6, 2"
Lower Diaphragm Plate 738, 3" 154, 2"*
O Ring 155, 3"
196, 2"
*Gasket 197, 3"
Seat Disc 312, 2"
1229, 3"
Plug 699
Gasket 276, 2"
277, 3"
Ratio Plug 1539
Lock Nut 173*
Body
Line Size Screwed Flanged Grooved 706SW, 2"
Removable Seat Wrench 1219SW,
2" 1709 1913 2964 3"
3" 1634 1914 --
Nut 1897
5368 (10 lbs.) White
5370 (25 lbs.) Blue
Bonnet 2031 Spring 5336 (40 lbs.) Green
2013 (65 lbs.) Yellow
5371 (90 lbs.) Orange
4006 & 6763 (125 lbs.) Red
Stem 3070
Housing 1704
Plug 699
*Gasket 196
Seat Disc 312
*Seat 310P
Removable Seat 4005
Plug 699
Gasket 276*
Retaineer 4557ES6
Spacer 4557DS6
Oil
*Back Up 149T, 2 Req’d.
MT (SINGLE ACTING MOTOR VALVE) MT-2DA, MT-4DA (DOUBLE ACTING MOTOR VALVE)
MT-5 (WITH REDUCED INNER VALVES) MT-2DA5, MT-4DA5 (WITH REDUCED INNER VALVES)
MT-DA (DOUBLE ACTING MOTOR VALVE) MT-ADA, MT ADAB (ADJUSTABLE DOUBLE ACTING)
MT-DA5 (WITH REDUCED INNER VALVES) MT BP, MT BP5 (SPRING LOADED BACK PRESSURE)
LINE BODY
SIZE STYLE A B C D E F G H
1" SCRD 4 3/8 1 1/8 2 3/4 3 3/8 3 3/8 3 3/8 8
SCRD 8 1/2 2 1/8 4 3/8 5 7/8 6 7/8 6 7/8 18 1/2
www.kimray.com
MOTOR VALVES
BALANCED SERIES
E3
SECTION
www.kimray.com
NOTE: We reserve the right to modify or change, without prior
notice, any statement or information contained herein. If exact dimen-
sions or specifications are required by the customer
certified prints will be furnished for a minimum charge upon request
to KIMRAY, Inc.
® Copyright 1992, KIMRAY, Inc.
www.kimray.com
BALANCED MOTOR VALVES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
MA DB PO........................................................................................................................ 10.1
CAGE & HARD SEAT
MA DB PC........................................................................................................................ 10.5
CAGE & HARD SEAT ................................................. 40.1
DIMENSIONS
PISTON BALANCED
VALVE DIMENSIONS ................................................. 50.1
Diaphragm operated motor valves for control of medium
pressure water or oil in separators, meters, and water
knockouts where as little as a 10 psig. pneumatic signal is
available and where freezing occurs due to higher pressure
drop. 125, 250, 400 psig. Maximum operating pressures:
125, 250, 400 psig. OTHER APPLICATIONS
OTHER APPLICATIONS...............................................60.1
MA PB PO........................................................................................................................ 20.1 MICROSWITCH ............................... Bulletin No. E385224
MA PB PC........................................................................................................................ 20.5 60 psig WATER VALVES...................Bulletin No. E385225
TREATER SERVICE........................... Bulletin No. D84333
ORDERING INFORMATION
PISTON BALANCED THROTTLING
To order a standard Balanced Series Motor Valve, refer to
Diaphragm operated motor valves designed to control flow Valves Available chart on each parts reference page. Determine
or pressure in liquid or gas systems up to 400 psig with which BSMV is needed and order by “Cat. No.”
15 to 30 psig pneumatic actuating signal. Can be used for BSMV’s are available in a choice of either gray iron, ductile
oil or water dump valves and for throttling service in back iron, or steel cast bodies and diaphragm housings. Valve stem is
pressure or pressure reducing applications when installed a type 303 stainless. Cage and Seat is available with a hardened
with pressure pilots. removable seat.
To order BSMV’s with materials or features not listed in
PBT PO................................................................................................................................ 25.1 “Valves Available” chart, contact the KIMRAY Inc. Authorized
PBT PC................................................................................................................................ 25.5 Distributor in your area
AFLAS ®
is a trade mark of Asahi Glass Co TEFLON (T)
TEMPERATURE: TEMPERATURE:
+30° to +500° F -40° to +400° F
0° to +260° C -20° to +204° C
APPLICATION: APPLICATION:
Crude Oil & Gas Production (High heat), Steam Chemically Inert Elastomer Best in static Do not use at
Flood Production Chemicals (corrosion inhibitors) Amine low temps
Sweetener Systems, Gasoline, Diesel, Fuel Oil Systems
FLUID / GAS:
FLUID / GAS: Almost All Chemicals
Crude Oil & Gas Production, H2S, Steam, Petroleum
fluids, Sea Water
VITON ®
is a trade mark of Dupont
Stem
Cage
Seat
310, 2"
* Seat 311, 3" BODIES
165, 4" Type Line Size Angle Thru
312, 2" 2" 301 3050
Screwed
Disc 313, 3" 3" 2371 3053
160, 4" 2" 1491 3051
Flanged 3" 302 3054
* Lock Nut 173, 2"
906, 3"& 4" 4" 303 3057
Grooved 3" 2372 ------
Section “Y” for ordering. *These are recommended spare parts and are stocked as
repair kits.
†To remove Diaphragm Nut 1471, use Spanner Wrench NOTE: Cage and removable hard seat is available on new valves at
1471SNW. To remove Diaphragm Nut 1472, use Spanner extra cost. Refer to Table of Contents for Cage and Hard Seats avail-
Wrench 1472SNW. Spanner Wrench not required, for removal able. When ordering specify valve model, then add “with removable
of Diaphragm Nut 1473. seat.” /TI
W
For dimensions refer to Table of Contents. Kimray is an ISO 9001- certified manufacturer.
E3:10.2 Current Revision:
Issued 1/13 www.kimray.com Change Logo
BALANCED MOTOR VALVES
DIAPHRAGM BALANCED PRESSURE OPEN
DUCTILE IRON
310HSN, 2"
* Seat 311HSN, 3" BODIES
165HSN, 4" Type Line Size Angle Thru
312, 2" 2" 1819 3081
Screwed
Disc 313, 3" 3" 2379 3086
160, 4" 2" 2540 3083
Flanged 3" 2382 3087
* Lock Nut 173, 2" 4" 2383 3090
2377, 3"& 4"
Grooved 3" 2380 ------
O Ring 157*
Stem Assembly 2452
O Ring 4371*
Spacer 2460CSS6
Stem Guide 4372
Angle 2344
(Ductile)
3073 (Steel)
Stem Seal Retainer 2460BSS6 Body
3091 (Ductile)
Thru 3096 (Steel)
* O Ring 2353
Plate 2454
* Diaphragm 4315
Gasket 2354 *
Ratio Plug 2348
(Ductile)
3072SS6 (Steel)
2349 (Ductile)
Seat Disc 3077 (Steel)
* Seat 2356HSN
732, 2"
Upper Plate 1476, 3"& 4"
Stem Guide 2463, 2"
2464, 3"& 4"
310, 2"
* Seat 311, 3" BODIES
165, 4" Type Line Size Angle Thru
2" 301 3050
312, 2" Screwed
3" 2371 3053
Disc 313, 3"
160, 4" 2" 1491 3051
Flanged 3" 302 3054
* Lock Nut 173, 2" 4" 303 3057
906, 3"& 4" Grooved 3" 2372 ------
Companion flanges, nuts, bolts and gaskets are furnished at extra cost. Refer to
a
Section “Y” for ordering.
Section “Y” for ordering. *These are recommended spare parts and are stocked
†To remove Diaphragm Nut 1471, use Spanner Wrench as repair kits.
1471SNW. To remove Diaphragm Nut 1472, use Spanner Cage and removable hard seat is available on new valves at
Wrench 1472SNW. Spanner Wrench not required, for removal extra cost. Refer to Table of Contents for Cage and Hard Seats avail-
of Diaphragm Nut 1473. able. When ordering specify valve model, then add “with removable
For dimensions refer to Table of Contents. seat.”
Kimray is an ISO 9001- certified manufacturer.
E3:10.6 Current Revision:
Issued 1/13 www.kimray.com Change Logo
BALANCED MOTOR VALVES
DIAPHRAGM BALANCED PRESSURE CLOSED
DUCTILE IRON
7053, 2"
*Diaphragm 743, 3"& 4"
1665, 2"
Bonnet 1655, 3"& 4"
430, 8 Req'd. 2"
Screw 191, 10 Req'd. 3"& 4"
732, 2"
Upper Plate 1476, 3"& 4"
Stem Guide 2463, 2"
2464, 3"& 4"
1670, 2"
Housing 1467, 3"
1468, 4" Oil
Nut 241, 8 Req'd. 2"
10 Req'd. 3"& 4"
310HSN, 2"
* Seat 311HSN, 3" BODIES
165HSN, 4" Type Line Size Angle Thru
2" 1819 3081
312, 2" Screwed
3" 2379 3086
Disc 313, 3"
160, 4" 2" 2540 3083
Flanged 3" 2382 3087
173, 2" 4" 2383 3090
* Lock Nut
906, 3"& 4" Grooved 3" 2380 ------
www.kimray.com
BALANCED MOTOR VALVES
PISTON BALANCED PRESSURE OPEN
Companion flanges, nuts, bolts and gaskets are furnished at extra cost. Refer to
a
Section “Y” for ordering.
Section “Y” for ordering. *These are recommended spare parts and are stocked as
†To remove Piston 1807, use Spanner Wrench 1471SNW. repair kits.
To remove Pistons 1859 and 1863, use Spanner Wrench Cage and removable hard seat is available on new valves at
1859SNW. Note: Drawing depicts 2" valve. Piston design varies, extra cost. Refer to Table of Contents for Cage and Hard Seats
install with Spanner Wrench holes on top. available. When ordering specify valve model, then add “with
For dimensions refer to Table of Contents. removable seat.”
332, 2"
333, 3"
334, 4"
310HSN, 2"
* Seat 311HSN, 3" BODIES
165HSN, 4" Type Line Size Angle Thru
2" 1819 3081
Screwed
3" 2379 3086
2" 4348 3083
Flanged 3" 2382 3087
4" 2383 3090
Grooved 3" 2380 ------
332, 2"
333, 3"
334, 4"
310HSN, 2"
* Seat 311HSN, 3"
165HSN, 4" BODIES
Type Line Size Angle Thru
2" 1731 3093
Flanged 3" 2471 3094
4" 2472 3095
ELT 3" FLGD. 328 FMA PB PO-S /TI 285 285 RTR
W
EYT 3" FLGD. 328 FMT PB PO-S /TI 285 285 RTR
W
ELW 4" FLGD. 428 FMA PB PO-S /TI 285 285 RTT
W
EYW 4" FLGD. 428 FMT PB PO-S /TI 285 285 RTT
W
†To remove Piston 1807, use Spanner Wrench 1471SNW. *These are recommended spare parts and are stocked as
To remove Pistons 1859 and 1863, use Spanner Wrench repair kits.
1859SNW. Note: Drawing depicts 2" valve. Piston design varies,
install with spanner wrench holes on top
For dimensions refer to Table of Contents.
4 Req'd. 2"
Screw 247, 6 Req'd. 3" 1807, 2" †
8 Req'd. 4" Piston 1859, 3"
1863, 4"
1685, 2"
* Back up, 2 Req'd. 1870, 3" 808, 2" *
1871, 4" O Ring 802, 3"
2083, 4"
1679, 2"
Cylinder 1861, 3" 265 2" *
O Ring 154 3"& 4"
1865, 4"
* O Ring 329 to 331 Cage 304 to 306
774, 2" 1809, 2"
* O Ring, 2 Req'd. 329, 3" Stem 327, 3"
1872, 4" 328, 4"
1806, 2"
Piston Seal Retainer 1860, 3" 276, 2" *
1864, 4" Gasket 277, 3"
309, 4"
Ratio Plug 332 to 334
310, 2"
BODIES
* Seat 311, 3" Type Line Size Angle Thru
165, 4" 2" 301 3050
Screwed
312, 2" 3" 2371 3053
Disc 313, 3" 2" 1491 3051
160, 4" Flanged 3" 302 3054
4" 303 3057
* Lock Nut 173, 2" Grooved 3" 2372 ------
906, 3"& 4"
Companion flanges, nuts, bolts and gaskets are furnished at extra cost. Refer to
a
Section “Y” for ordering.
Section “Y” for ordering.
†To remove Piston 1807, use Spanner Wrench 1471SNW. *These are recommended spare parts and are stocked as
To remove Pistons 1859 and 1863, use Spanner Wrench repair kits.
1859SNW. Note: Drawing depicts 2" valve. Piston design varies, Cage and removable hard seat is available on new valves at
install with Spanner Wrench holes on top. extra cost. Refer to Table of Contents for Cage and Hard Seats
For dimensions refer to Table of Contents. available. When ordering specify valve model, then add “with
removable seat.”
Kimray is an ISO 9001- certified manufacturer.
E3:20.6 Current Revision:
Issued 1/13 www.kimray.com Change Logo
BALANCED MOTOR VALVES
PISTON BALANCED PRESSURE CLOSE
DUCTILE IRON
2019, 2"
Stem 2394, 3"& 4" Bonnet 1665, 2"
1655, 3"& 4"
808, 2"
* O Ring 802, 3" 1807, 2" †
2083, 4" Piston 1859, 3"
1863, 4"
265 2"
* O Ring 154 3"& 4" 1685, 2" *
Back up, 2 Req'd. 1870, 3"
1751, 2" 1871, 4"
Cage 1759, 3"
1761, 4" 1679, 2"
1806, 2" Cylinder 1861, 3"
Piston Seal Retainer 1860, 3" 1865, 4"
1864, 4"
O Ring 329 to 331 *
1752PH, 2"
Removable Seat 1760PH, 3" 774, 2" *
1762PH, 4" O Ring, 2 Req'd. 329, 3"
276, 2" 1872, 4"
*Gasket 277, 3" 1809, 2"
309, 4" Stem 327, 3"
328, 4"
332, 2"
Ratio Plug 333, 3"
334, 4"
310HSN, 2"
* Seat 311HSN, 3" BODIES
165HSN, 4" Type Line Size Angle Thru
312, 2" 2" 1819 3081
Disc 313, 3" Screwed
160, 4" 3" 2379 3086
2" 4348 3083
* Lock Nut 173, 2" Flanged 3"
906, 3"& 4" 2382 3087
4" 2383 3090
Grooved 3" 2380 ------
7053, 2"
743, 3" & 4"
1665, 2"
1655, 3"& 4"
332, 2"
333, 3"
334, 4"
310HSN, 2"
* Seat 311HSN, 3" BODIES
165HSN, 4" Type Line Size Angle Thru
2" 1731 3093
Flanged 3" 2471 ------
4" 2472 3095
ELX 4" FLGD. 428 FMA PB PC-S /TI 285 285 RTU
WO
*These are recommended spare parts and are stocked as
repair kits.
†To remove Piston 1807, use Spanner Wrench 1471SNW.
To remove Pistons 1859 and 1863, use Spanner Wrench
1859SNW. Note: Drawing depicts 2" valve. Piston design varies,
install with Spanner Wrench holes on top.
For dimensions refer to Table of Contents.
APPLICATION: OPERATION:
For control of discharge of liquid or gas from vessels, separa- The Diaphragm Assembly is the only moving unit in the
tors, treaters, knockouts and other similar liquid accumulators. valve. The SPRING loads the Diaphragm Assembly closing
For back pressure or pressure reducing applications with pres- the valve if there is no Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow). The com-
sure pilots. municating hole in the lower portion of the STEM balances the
forces Upstream Pressure (Red) applies to the PLUG preventing
Upstream Pressure (Red) from forcing the valve open.
FEATURES: An increase in the Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) overcomes
Soft seat
the spring force, and moves the Diaphragm Assembly upward
Bubble tight shut-off at full range of pressure
opening the valve.
Piston balanced seat assembly
A decrease in the Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) allows the
Full line size opening
SPRING to move the Diaphragm Assembly downward closing
30 psig max. required actuating pressure
the valve.
Trim contoured for throttle or on/off service
SUPPLY PRESSURE:
10 to 35 psig
OPERATION TEMPERATURE:
225°F. Max.
Diaphragm Assembly Cf & Cv VALUES
Diaphragm Pressure Line Size Trim Size Cf Cv
Upstream Pressure 2" 2.00" 0.75 47.0
3" 3.00" 0.75 89.0
Downstream Pressure
4" 4.00" 0.75 160.0
Spring
Stem
Plug
5188, 2"
Spring 621, 3" Lock Nut 173, 2" *
906, 3"& 4"
5192, 4"
4 Req'd. 2"
Screw 430, 6 Req'd. 3" Stem 5193 to 5195
8 Req'd. 4"
5199, 2" *
* Back up, 2 Req'd. 149T, 2" Gasket 5223, 3"
150T, 3"& 4"
1901, 4"
1458, 2"
* Back up, 2 Req'd. 772, 3" Seal Retainer 5205 to 5207
5201, 4"
774Q, 2" *
Cylinder Quad Ring 329Q, 3"
5202SS6 to 5204SS6 1872Q, 4"
276, 2" *
Removable Seat 5214 to 5216 Gasket 277, 3"
196, 4"
LINE BODIES
SIZE SCREWED FLANGED
2" 5217 5218
3" 5219 5220
4" 5222
5188, 2"
Spring 621, 3" Lock Nut 173, 2" *
906, 3"& 4"
5192, 4"
6 Req'd. 2"
Screw 833, 6 Req'd. 3" Stem 5193 to 5195
8 Req'd. 4"
5199, 2" *
* Back up, 2 Req'd. 149T, 2" Gasket 5223, 3"
150T, 3"& 4"
1901, 4"
1458, 2"
* Back up, 2 Req'd. 772, 3" Seal Retainer 5205 to 5207
5201, 4"
774Q, 2" *
Cylinder Quad Ring 329Q, 3"
5202SS6 to 5204SS6 1872Q, 4"
276, 2" *
Removable Seat 5214 to 5216 Gasket 277, 3"
196, 4"
LINE BODIES
SIZE SCREWED FLANGED
2" 5217D 5218
3" 5219D 5220D
4" 5222D
2576, 2"
Upper Plate 2578, 4" Screw 430, 8 Req'd. 2"
192, 12 Req'd. 4"
6 Req'd. 2"
Screw 833, 8 Req'd. 4" Stem 5193, 2"
5195, 4"
APPLICATION: OPERATION:
For control of discharge of liquid or gas from vessels, separa- The Diaphragm Assembly is the only moving unit in the
tors, treaters, knockouts and other similar liquid accumulators. valve. The Spring loads the Diaphragm Assembly opening the
For back pressure or pressure reducing applications with pres- valve if there is no Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow). The com-
sure pilots. municating hole in the lower portion of the Stem balances the
forces Upstream Pressure (Red) applies to the plug preventing
Upstream Pressure (Red) from forcing the valve open.
FEATURES: An increase in the Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) overcomes
Soft seat
the Spring force, and moves the Diaphragm Assembly down-
Bubble tight shut-off at full range of pressure
ward closing the valve.
Piston balanced seat assembly
A decrease in the Diaphragm Pressure (Yellow) allows the
Full line size opening
Spring to move the Diaphragm Assembly upward opening the
30 psig max. required actuating pressure
valve.
Trim contoured for throttle or on/off service
SUPPLY PRESSURE:
10 to 35 psig
OPERATION TEMPERATURE:
225°F. Max.
Cf & Cv VALUES
Line Size Trim Size Cf Cv
2" 2.00" 0.75 47.0
3" 3.00" 0.75 89.0
4" 4.00" 0.75 160.0
Diaphragm Assembly
Diaphragm Pressure
Upstream Pressure
Downstream Pressure
Spring
Stem
Plug
1618, 2"
Travel Indicator Housing 1686 Bonnet 1867, 3"
2588, 4"
* Gasket 1784 1687, 2"
Travel Indicator Stem
6810, 2" 1733, 3" & 4"
*Diaphragm 6811, 3"
6812, 4" 1936, 2"
Spring 551, 3"& 4"
430, 8 Req'd. 2"
Screw 191, 10 Req'd. 3" 8 Req'd. 2"
192, 12 Req'd. 4" Nut 241, 10 Req'd. 3"
12 Req'd. 4"
5199, 2" *
* Back up, 2 Req'd. 149T, 2" Gasket 5223, 3"
150T, 3"& 4"
1901, 4"
a
Companion flanges, nuts, bolts and gaskets are furnished at extra cost.
Refer to Section “Y” for ordering.
1671, 2"
Travel Indicator Housing 1686 Bonnet 1867, 3"
2588, 4"
* Gasket 1784 1687, 2"
Travel Indicator Stem
6810, 2" 1733, 3" & 4"
*Diaphragm 6811, 3"
6812, 4" Spring 1936, 2"
551, 3"& 4"
236, 8 Req'd. 2"
Screw 191, 10 Req'd. 3" 8 Req'd. 2"
192, 12 Req'd. 4" Nut 241, 10 Req'd. 3"
12 Req'd. 4"
5199, 2" *
* Back up, 2 Req'd. 149T, 2" Gasket 5223, 3"
150T, 3"& 4" 1901, 4"
276, 2"
Removable Seat 5214 to 5216 Gasket 277, 3"
196, 4"
* Lock Nut 173, 2"
906, 3"& 4" Body Ratio Plug 177 to 179
LINE BODIES
SIZE SCREWED FLANGED
2" 5217D 5218
3" 5219D 5220D
4" ---- 5222D
5202SS6, 2"
Cylinder 5204SS6, 4" Quad Ring 774Q, 2" *
1872Q, 4"
5211P, 2"
* Seat 5213P,
4" Piston 5208, 2"
5210, 4"
www.kimray.com
BALANCED MOTOR VALVES
CAGE & HARD SEAT
NOTES:
Removable seat and cage is standard in Piston Balanced
Motor Valves. But is optional in Diaphragm Balanced Motor
Valve. To order specify valve model, then add “with removable
seat.”
www.kimray.com
BALANCED MOTOR VALVES
DIMENSIONS
VALVE A B C D E F VALVE A B C D E F
2" S/FMA 6 1/2 9 8 1/2 4 1/4 3 4 1/4 2" SMT 6 1/2 10 3/8 9 7/8 2 1/8 — 8 1/2
3" S/FMA 8 1/2 11 3/4 10 1/4 5 1/2 3 3/4 5 1/2 2" FMT 6 1/2 10 3/8 9 7/8 — 3 9
4" FMA 8 1/2 12 1/2 11 6 1/2 4 1/2 6 1/2 3" SMT 8 1/2 13 5/16 11 9/16 2 7/8 — 12
6" FMA 10 3/4 — 19 3/4 10 1/4 5 1/2 7 11/16 3" FMT 8 1/2 13 5/16 11 9/16 — 3 3/4 12 3/16
4" FMT 8 1/2 14 7/8 13 3/8 — 4 1/2 15 1/8
6" FMT 10 3/4 — 19 3/4 — 5 1/2 22
www.kimray.com
MOTOR VALVES
3 WAY SERIES
E4
SECTION
www.kimray.com
NOTE: We reserve the right to modify or change, without prior
notice, any statement or information contained herein. If exact dimen-
sions or specifications are required by the customer
certified prints will be furnished for a minimum charge upon request
to KIMRAY, Inc.
® Copyright 1992, KIMRAY, Inc.
3 WAY MOTOR VALVES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIAPHRAGM BALANCED
APPLICATION:
Three-Way Valves provide a convenient means for
diverting flow from one pipeline to another, for bypass
applications where part or all of the fluid passing through
the valve is diverted through either or both of the outlets,
or as a mixing valve for combining two fluid streams and
discharging them through a common outlet port.
Operating Description Parts
Material Pressure of Operation List
PISTON BALANCED
APPLICATION:
Three-Way Valves provide a convenient means for
diverting flow from one pipeline to another, for bypass
applications where part or all of the fluid passing through
the valve is diverted through either or both of the outlets,
or as a mixing valve for combining two fluid streams and
discharging them through a common outlet port.
Line Operating Description Parts
Material Size Pressure of Operation List
SPLITTER VALVE
APPLICATION:
Three-Way Valves provide a convenient means for
diverting flow from one pipeline to another, for bypass
applications where part or all of the fluid passing through
the valve is diverted through either or both of the outlets,
or as a mixing valve for combining two fluid streams and
discharging them through a common outlet port.
Line Operating Parts
Material Size Pressure List
MOTOR VALVE
APPLICATION:
Three-Way Valves provide a convenient means for
diverting flow from one pipeline to another, for bypass
applications where part or all of the fluid passing through
the valve is diverted through either or both of the outlets,
or as a mixing valve for combining two fluid streams and
discharging them through a common outlet port.
Line Operating Parts
Material Size Pressure List
AFLAS ®
is a trade mark of Asahi Glass Co TEFLON (T)
TEMPERATURE: TEMPERATURE:
+30° to +500° F -40° to +400° F
0° to +260° C -20° to +204° C
APPLICATION: APPLICATION:
Crude Oil & Gas Production (High heat), Steam Chemically Inert Elastomer Best in static Do not use at
Flood Production Chemicals (corrosion inhibitors) Amine low temps
Sweetener Systems, Gasoline, Diesel, Fuel Oil Systems
FLUID / GAS:
FLUID / GAS: Almost All Chemicals
Crude Oil & Gas Production, H2S, Steam, Petroleum
fluids, Sea Water
VITON ®
is a trade mark of Dupont
FEATURES: CONSTRUCTION:
Soft seats Bodies & diaphragm housings are available in a choice of either
Tight shut-off ductile or iron or steel castings. Valve stem is a type of 303 stain-
Balanced design less. Diaphragms and seat materials are reinforced oil resistant
Removable seats synthetic rubber. Each valve is given a complete operational test
Minimum maintenance
Valve position indicator after assembly. Standard maximum service temperature is 225°
All internal parts can be removed with valve in line. F. Modification for service temperature of 350° F. is available as
and “extra”, when specified on order.
125# W.P. are Diaph. Balance Valves.
DIAPHRAGM PRESSURE: 400# W.P. are Piston Balance Valves.
10 to 100 psig Cf & Cv VALUES
Line Size Cf Cv Upper Port Cv Lower Port
2" 0.79 36.4 32.0
3" 0.79 81.0 72.0
of Flow 1 2 3 4 5 10 15 20 30 40 50 60
* Production 1,250 1,800 2,200 2,500 2,800 4,000 -------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
† Test 1,100 1,550 1,900 2,200 2,500 3,450 4,250 4,900 6,000 6,950 7,800 8,500
Pressure Drop Across Valve - psig
70 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 225 250 275 300
† Test 9,200 9,800 11,000 12,000 13,000 14,000 14,750 15,500 16,500 17,400 18,200 19,000
*Pressure drops greater than 10 psig will cause lower seat to leak.
†On diaphragm balanced valves, with “Production” side of valve at 0 psig, “Test”
pressures greater than 30 psig will invert Diaphragm #335 and should be avoided.
Use Piston Balanced Valve
DIMENSIONS
TEST 2500 3500 4250 4950 5600 7750 9550 11,000 13,500 15,600 17,500 19,100
70 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 225 250 275 300
TEST 20,700 22,000 25,000 27,000 29,000 31,000 33,400 34,800 35,100 39,200 41,000 42,700
www.kimray.com
3 WAY MOTOR VALVES
SPLITTER VALVE
STEEL
Cf & Cv VALUES
Line Size Cf Cv Upper Port Cv Lower Port
2" 0.70 7.5 10.5
VALVES AVAILABLE:
CAT. SIZE MOTOR OPER. MAX
NO. TYPE VALVES PRES. W.P. KIT
ESC 2" SCRD. 2300 SDV-S 3000 3000 RFG
DIMENSIONS
DIMENSIONS
Cf & Cv VALUES
Line Size Cf Cv Upper Port Cv Lower Port
2" 0.70 27.7 38.1
DIMENSIONS
Cf & Cv VALUES
Line Size Cf Cv Upper Port Cv Lower Port
1" 0.70 8.3 13.8
DIMENSIONS
Cf & Cv VALUES
Line Size Cf Cv Upper Port Cv Lower Port
1" 0.70 8.3 13.8
‡®
G
SECTION
www.kimray.com
GLYCOL PUMPS
ENERGY EXCHANGE PUMPS
‡®
INTRODUCTION:
The Glycol Energy Exchange Pump, “Pressure This additional energy is supplied by gas at absorb-
Volume” or “PV-Series” Pump was developed er pressure.
in 1957. The initial consideration was a pump The pump was designed as double acting with
that would utilize the energy of the wet glycol at a maximum working pressure of 2000 psig with a
absorber pressure as a source of power. Within factor of safety of ten. Corrosion and wear dictated
the confines of a system, energy can neither be use of the best materials available. These materials
created nor destroyed. Energy can, however, be include stainless steel, hard chrome plating, nylon,
stored, transferred, or changed from one form to Teflon, stellite, and “O”-rings specially compounded
another. The PV Series Pump transfers the energy for glycol service. The pump contains two basic
available from the wet glycol, at absorber pressure, moving parts, a Piston-Rod Assembly, and a Pilot
to an “equivalent” volume of dry glycol at reboiler Piston. Each actuates a three-way D-slide.
pressure. In order to circulate the glycol, additional
energy is needed to overcome friction losses within
the pump and connecting piping.
Kimray is an ISO 9001- certified manufacturer.
Current Revision: ‡ Configuration of Glycol pump is a trademark of Kimray, Inc. G:10.1
Change Logo www.kimray.com Issued 1/13
GLYCOL PUMPS
ENERGY EXCHANGE PUMPS
OPERATION:
The Kimray glycol pump is double acting, powered by Wet to the right moves the ACTUATOR and PUMP “D” SLIDE
Glycol and a small quantity of gas at absorber pressure (Red). to uncover port #1 and communicate ports #2 and #3. This
(Yellow) denotes Wet Glycol and gas at atmosphere or low pres- exhausts Wet Glycol (Red) to the right end of the PILOT
sure. Dry Glycol (Blue) is being pumped to the absorber. (Green) PISTON. This causes the PILOT PISTON and PILOT “D” SLIDE
is Dry Glycol suction from the reboiler. to be driven from right to left.
Wet Glycol (Red) from the absorber flows through port #4 and In its new position the PILOT “D” SLIDE uncovers port #5
is throttled through the SPEED CONTROL VALVE to the left end and communicates ports #4 and #6. THis exhausts Wet Glycol
of the Pump Piston Assembly, moving this assembly from left to (Red) from the left end of the Pump Piston Assembly through
right. Dry Glycol (Blue) is being pumped from the left cylinder to ports #4 and #6 to the low pressure Wet Glycol (Yellow) system.
the absorber while the right cylinder is being filled with Dry Glycol Port #5 (which was communicated with port #6) now admits Wet
(Green) from the reboiler. At he same time Wet Glycol (Yellow) is Glycol (Red) through the right hand SPEED CONTROL VALVE
discharging from the right end of the Pump Piston Assembly to a to the right end of the Pump Piston Assembly.
atmosphere or low pressure system. The Pump Piston Assembly;y now starts the stroke from right
As the Pump Piston Assembly nears the end of its stroke, the to left. Follow above procedure reversing directions of flow..
POSITION RING on the PISTON ROD contacts the right end of
the ACTUATOR. Further movement
Kimray is an ISO 9001- certified manufacturer.
G:10.2 ‡ Configuration of Glycol pump is a trademark of Kimray, Inc. Current Revision:
Issued 8/13 www.kimray.com Correct OPERATION wording
GLYCOL PUMPS
ENERGY EXCHANGE PUMPS
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION:
Actions of each of the two basic parts of the pump are com- Two Speed Control Valves are provided to regulate the flow
pletely dependent upon the other. The pilot D-slide actuated by of wet glycol and gas to and from the power cylinders. Reversing
the Pilot Piston alternately feeds and exhausts absorber pres- the direction of flow through the Speed Control Valves provides
sure to the power cylinders at opposite ends of the Piston-Rod a flushing action which cleans the valve orifices.
Assembly. Likewise, the Pump D-slide actuated by the Piston- If the wet glycol, returning to the pump from the absorber were
Rod Assembly alternately feeds and exhausts absorber pres- to be completely fill the cylinder, no additional gas would be
sure to opposite ends of the Pilot Piston. needed. However, the wet glycol will only occupy approximately
65 percent of the total volume of the cylinder and connecting
The force to circulate glycol within the dehydration system is tubing leaving 35 percent to be filled by gas from the absorber.
supplied by absorber pressure acting on the area of the Piston This gas volume amounts to 1.7S.C.F. per gallon of dry glycol
Rod at its O-ring seals. The area of the Piston Rod is approxi- at 300 psig absorber pressure and 8.3S.C.F. at 1500 psig and
mately 20 percent of that of the Piston. Neglecting pump friction may be considered as continuing power cost for pump opera-
and line losses, the resultant force is sufficient to produce a tion. This gas can be utilized in the regeneration process of the
theoretical discharge pressure 25 percent greater than absorber dehydrator for “rolling” and or “stripping” purposes. It may also
pressure. The theoretical discharge pressure, for example, at be recovered in a low pressure glycol gas separator and used to
1500 psig absorber pressure would be 1875 psig. This theoreti- fire the reboiler pressure glycol gas separator and used to fire the
cal “over-pressure” would develop against a blocked discharge reboiler.
line but is not sufficient to cause damage or create a hazard. By supplying some absorber gas to the cylinders, the wet gly-
col level is maintained at the wet glycol outlet connection on the
Approximately 25 to 30 psig pressure is required to overcome absorber and eliminates the need of a liquid level controller and
pump friction leaving the additional “over pressure” for line its attendant problems. Excess liquids such as hydrocarbons are
losses and circulation. It is recommended that these losses be removed from the absorber at approximately 55 percent of the
held to approximately 10 percent of the absorber pressure or as pump rate, reducing the hazard of dumping a large volume of
noted in catalog. hydrocarbons into the reboiler as would be the case with a liquid
level controller.
INSTALLATION:
A number of considerations should be made with regard to Where two or more pumps are manifolded together, the
pump installation since it is the “heart” of a dehydration system. It total capacity must be considered in the piping design. Also,
is a moving mechanical device subject to wear and will ultimately a manifold should be designed to provide each pump with its
need repair. Location of the pump is very important. East access “Fairshare” of the wet glycol from the absorber. It is not neces-
to the pump for repair or exchange can save time and trouble. sary that the proportion be exact.
Test connections (1/4” NPT with valve) located on the piping Pumps with lower “pumping ratios” are available to provide
to and from the pump permit a fast means of trouble shooting additional energy for pressures below 300 psig; but is it better
pipe restrictions or blockage. not to use these pumps at pressures above 400 or 500 psig
Filters, which are discussed later, should always be installed because of excess gas consumption. Conversion kits are avail-
in the wet glycol piping between the absorber and pump and in able to change standard pumps to “SC” pumps with declining
the suction line to the pump, with provisions made for mainte- field pressures.
nance of the filters.
Suction piping should preferably be large enough to permit a
positive feed to the pump. Feed pressure must be more than 4
or 5 inches of Hg vacuum to prevent pump cavitation.
HEAT EXCHANGERS:
Sufficient heat exchange is necessary to reduce dry glycol suc- 2. The pressure drop between the pump and the absorber in
tion temperature to at least 200°F, preferably to 150°F. the dry glycol discharge line including any pressure required to
open and establish full flow in any check valves.
SPLIT DISCHARGE CHECK VALVE BLOCK:
Kimray Glycol Pumps are available with check valve blocks for 3. The pressure drop between the pump and the reboiler (at
split discharge to serve two absorbers on a dehydration unit. See atmospheric pressure) in the wet glycol discharge line. This
page 10.29 for a description. includes the liquid head to the reboiler, heat exchanger coil, and/
or the pressure maintained on a glycol seperator.k
VITON “O” RINGS:
The sum of these pressure drops gives the total “system pres-
Viton “O” rings for all moving seals in th Kimray Glycol Pumps sure drop”. The graphs on pages 10.11-10.15 give the maxi-
are available. Viton repair kits can be ordered for pumps already mum total system pressures and their effect on pump output.
in operation or new pumps can be ordered with viton “O” rings at Exceeding the total allowable system pressure drop will cause
additional cost. the pump to run erratically or to stall.
Viton “O” rings are recommended for use when liquid hydro- To determine if a problem exists in an operating dehydration
carbons are found in the gas, for CO2 service or for elevated system, slowly open the speed control valves on the pump until
operating temperatures. Under normal conditions (without the it runs at the maximum recommended pump speed. (See graph
above problems) viton “O” rings will not give as long of a service page 10.8.) If the Pump cavitates before reaching the maximum
life in the pump as standard Buna-N “O” rings. pump speed, the suction line is restricted. If the pump will not run
at the maximum rated speed, then there are probably restrictions
SYSTEM PRESSURE DROPS: in one or more of the other three connecting lines.
The Kimray Glycol Pumps are designed to operate by using
the energy from the wet glycol and some additional energy in the FILTERS:
form of gas at absorber pressure. Excessive pressure drops in Filters should be used on every dehydrator for protection of
the lines connecting the pump to the system can cause the pump both the pump and reboiler. Many pumps are severely damaged
to run erratically or stall. The following conditions should be in the first minutes or days of operation from flow line and vessel
designed into the system to assure proper pump performance: debris. Reboilers have been known to be filled with sand which
had to first pass through the pump.
DRY GLYCOL SUCTION LINE: Size the suction line, low pres-
sure filter and heat exchanger such that the pump will have a Filters should give protection from 25 to 150 micron particle
positive pressure at the suction inlet when running at the maxi- sizes depending on the specific condition. The disc type, microin
mum rated speed. This line may need to be larger than the pipe type, and sock type have all proven very satisfactory if they
fitting on the suction check valve block. (See pipe connection are properly maintained. Some metal filters are equipped with
sizes on page 10.28.) a cleaning device which should be operated daily or at least
every few days as experience may dictate. Sock filters must be
WET GLYCOL POWER LINE: Recommended line size is the replaced at regular intervals. Preventative maintenance on these
same as the size of the pipe connection for the given pump. filters will save many dollars in major pump and reboiler repairs
(Page 10.28) The pressure drop across the high pressure filter plus the reduction of costly down time.
is a factor in considering the total system pressure drop.
A spring loaded by-pass on the filter is not recommended. It is
DRY GLYCOL DISCHARGE LINE: Recommended line size is better for the pump to stall due to lack of power than be exposed
the same as the size of the pipe connection for the given pump to dirt and grit from an open by-pass. Always install a high pres-
and the absorber should be full opening to the recommended sure filter between the absorber and the pump. A filter on the wet
line size. glycol discharge of the pump will protect the reboiler but does
nothing for the pump. A low pressure filter on the pump suction
WET GLYCOL DISCHARGE LINE: Recommended line size is protects against metallic particles from a new reboiler and its
the same as the size of the pipe connection for the given pump. connecting piping. Filters will also keep the glycol free of heavy
(Page 10.28.) If a glycol gas separator is used, the pressure tars and residue from evaporated hydrocarbons and resinous
maintained on the separator must be considered in the total compounds caused by polymerization of the glycol. Sock type
system pressure drop. Also, heat exchanger coils in accumula- filters are probably best for this type of filtration but should be
tor tanks also add to this pressure drop. changed rather frequently.
ISOLATING VALVES: All plug, gate, or blocking valves should In addition to using filters it is often necessary to make a chemi-
be full opening to the recommended line size of the given cal analysis of the glycol, not only for pump protection but for
pump. better dehydration. Organic acids in glycol are produced from
oxidation, thermal decomposition, and acid gases from the gas
If a positive feed is supplied to the pump at the dry suction inlet, stream. These acids cause sorrosion in the system, and dissolve
the total system pressure drop will be the sum of the following the plating on pump parts in a short time. Glycol acidity should
pressure drops: be maintained between a pH of 7 to 9. Alkaline amines are
usually recommended to control the pH value because they will
1. The pressure drop between the absorber and the pump in neutralize any acid gases present and are easily regenerated.
the wet glycol line.
Another glycol contaminate which causes pump problems is Always stop the pump when the pump main gas flow is
salt. Salt water which continues to enter a dehydration system turned off. A pump which continues to circulate with no gas flow
soon produces a super saturated condition in the reboiler. This elevates the complete dehydrator temperature, and in time to
results in salt deposits in the lines and in the pump as the hot reboiler temperature.
glycol is cooled. A complete cleaning and washing of the entire
system is required to remove the salt. If a pump has been deactivated for several months, the check
valves should be removed and inspected before attempting to
OPERATION: operate the pump. The pump startup should be similar to that of
a new pump by first bringing the system to equilibrium.
A new pump or new dehydrator should be put into operation
TROUBLE SHOOTING:
by first bringing the glycol circulation and operating temperature
to an equilibrium condition by using 300 to 400 psig absorber
pressure. This can be done with or without gas flow. If it is If a glycol pump has been operating in a clean system it is very
easier to start up under a no-flow condition, only enough gas likely that no major service will be required for several years.
need be supplied the absorber to maintain the pressure. In most Only a yearly replacement of packing will be required. Normally
instances the pump will pick up its prime without help and should the pump will not stop pumping unless some internal part has
do so in a few strokes. If the pump does not prime immediately, been bent, worn, or broken, or some foreign object has fouled
the dry glycol discharge should be opened to atmosphere until the pump, or the system has lost its glycol.
glycol discharges from both cylinders. When equilibrium has
been established, the pump should be stopped an the absorber A pump which has been running without glycol for some time
pressure increased for operation. Pump speed can then be rees- should be checked before returning to normal service. Probably
tablished to the desired rate. the pump will need at least new “O”-rings. The cylinders and
piston rods may also have been scored from the “dry run”
The maximum operating temperature of the pump is limited by
the moving “O”-ring seals and nylon D-slides. A maximum of 200 Following are some typical symptoms and causes. These are
degrees is recommended. Packing life will be extended consider- presented to assist in an accurate diagnosis of trouble.
ably at 150 degrees.
SYMPTOMS CAUSES
1. The pump will not operate. 1. One or more of the flow lines to the pump are complete-
ly blocked or the system pressure is too low for standard
pumps (below 300 psig) use “SC” pumps below 300 psig
2. The pump will start and run until the glycol returns from 2. The wet glycol discharge line to the reboiler is restricted.
the absorber. The pump then stops or slows appreciably A pressure gauge installed on the line will show the
and will not run at its rated speed. restriction immediately.
3. The pump operates until the system temperature is nor- 3. The suction line is too small and increase in temperature
mal then the pump speeds up and cavities. and pumping rate cavities the pump.
4. The pump lopes or pumps on one side only. 4. A leaky check valve, a foreign object lodged under a
check valve or a leaky piston seal.
5. Pump stops and leaks excessive gas from wet glycol dis-
charge. 5. Look for metal chips or shavings under the pump
D-slides.
6. Erratic pump speed. Pump changes speed every few
minutes. 6. Traps in the wet glycol power piping sends alternate
slugs of glycol and gas to the pump.
7. Broken Pilot Piston.
7. Insufficient glycol to the Main Piston D-slide ports.
Elevate the control valve end of the pump to correct.
®‡
PUMPS AVAILABLE:
MAXIMUM DESIGN PRESSURE FOR P.V. AND S.C. MODELS IS 2000 psig
APPLICATIONS: OPERATION:
Circulating pump for gas glycol dehydrators Materials for the vital working parts have been selected for
Circulating pump for gas amine desulphurizers greatest wear resistance. These materials include stainless
steel, hard chrome plating, satellite, nylon and teflon. Moving
FEATURES: “O” Ring seals are compounded specifically for ethylene glycol
service. A complete operational check is given each pump after
Eliminates absorber liquid level controls
assembly.
No auxiliary power supply required
“O” Ring sealed check valve darts are standard in all except
Low gas consumption
the model 315 PV. Teflon sealed darts are available. Capsule
Completely sealed system prevents loss glycol
type ball checks are available for 1720 PV, 2015 SC and
No springs or toggles, only two moving assemblies
4020 PV.
Hydraulic “cushioned” check valves with removable seats of
*These pumps are designed for operating pressures between
hardened stainless steel
100 and 500 psig maximum design pressure for all models is
2000 psig.
Model Max. Cap Size of Pipe Mounting Approx. Max. Strokes Glycol Output Glycol Output
Number G.P.M. G.P.H. Connections Bolts Weight Minute Strokes/Gal. Gal./Strokes
1720 PV .67 40 1/2" N.P.T. 3/8" Dia. 66 Lbs. 40 59 0.017
4020 PV .67 40 1/2" N.P.T. 3/8" Dia. 66 Lbs. 40 59 0.017
9020 PV 1.5 90 3/4" N.P.T. 1/2" Dia. 119 Lbs. 40 26.3 0.038
21020 PV 3.5 210 1" N.P.T. 1/2" Dia. 215 Lbs. 32 9 0.111
45020 PV 7.5 450 1 1/2" N.P.T. 1/2" Dia. 500 Lbs. 28 3.5 0.283
2020 SC .33 20 1/2" N.P.T. 3/8" Dia. 66 Lbs. 55 147 0.0068
5020 SC .83 50 3/4" N.P.T. 1/2" Dia. 119 Lbs. 50 52 0.019
10020 SC 1.67 100 1" N.P.T. 1/2" Dia. 215 Lbs. 48 25 0.040
20020SC 3.33 200 1 1/2" N.P.T. 1/2" Dia. 500 Lbs. 40 8.8 0.114
CIRCULATION RATE GRAPH
* It is not recommended to attempt to run pumps at speeds less or greater than those indicated in the above graph.
GAS CONSUMPTION
Operating Pressure --p.s.i.g. 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000
Cu. Ft./Gallon @ 14.4 & 60°F. 1.7 2.3 2.8 3.4 3.9 4.5 5.0 5.6 6.1 6.7 7.2 7.9 8.3 8.7 9.3 9.8 10.4 10.9
DIMENSIONS
COMPARATIVE TABLE
“PV” Series “SC” Series
Model No. Model No.
* It is not recommended to attempt to run pumps at speeds 1720-4020 2020 SC
less or greater than those indicated in the above graph.
9020 5020 SC
GAS CONSUMPTION
21020 10020 SC
Operating Pressure - psig 100 200 300 400
45020 20020 SC
Cu. Ft./Gal. @ 14.4 & 60°F. 1.0 1.9 2.8 3.7
Physical demensions of “SC” Series pumps re the same as the comparable “PV” Series pumps. See page 8.
PART NUMBER
*The piston is the nut for this model and is furnished with a socket head set screw.
‡Full cylinder only.
‡Model 20020 SC only, requires 8, No. 772 Back-up rings.
Current Revision: ‡ Configuration of Glycol pump is a trademark of Kimray, Inc. G:10.9
Change description on SC Pumps www.kimray.com Issued 11/13
NOTES:
www.kimray.com
GLYCOL PUMPS
MODEL 1720 PV PUMPS
SYSTEM OPERATION PARAMETERS
2000
1900
1800
1700
1600 )
PH
ABSORBER OPERATING PRESSURE (PSIG)
1500 G
(40
1400 PUT
UT
1300 .O T
AX PU
M
1200 UT
O
%
1100 75
T
IN
1000 PO
L
AL
900 ST
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
SYSTEM PRESSURE DROPS (PSIG)
1720 PV Strokes/Minute Range 8-40
1400
1300
H)
1200 GP
( 40
1100 UT UT
U TP UTP
T
1000 .O O IN
AX 75% PO
M L
900 AL
ST
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
SYSTEM PRESSURE DROPS (PSIG)
4020 PV Strokes/Minute Range 12-40
2000
1900
1800
1700
1600
1500
ABSORBER OPERATING PRESSURE (PSIG)
1400
1300 )
PH
G
1200 (90
T
1100 P UT PU
UT UT T
.O
O IN
1000 AX
% PO
M 75 L
900 AL
ST
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
SYSTEM PRESSURE DROPS (PSIG)
9020 PV Strokes/Minute Range 12-40
G:10.12 Current Revision:
Issued 1/13 www.kimray.com Change Logo
GLYCOL PUMPS
MODEL 21020 PV & 45020 PV PUMPS
SYSTEM OPERATION PARAMETERS
2000
1900
1800
1700
1600
ABSORBER OPERATING PRESSURE (PSIG)
1500
1400 H)
GP
1300 10
(2
U T
1200 TP
T
U PU
1100 .O UT T
O IN
AX %
M 75 PO
1000 L
AL
ST
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
SYSTEM PRESSURE DROPS (PSIG)
21020 PV Strokes/Minute Range 10-32
2000
1900
1800
1700
1600
1500
ABSORBER OPERATING PRESSURE (PSIG)
1400
1300 H)
GP
6
1200 (46
UT
1100 UT
P UT
O TP
1000 AX
. OU
M % T
75 IN
900 PO
L
AL
800 ST
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
SYSTEM PRESSURE DROPS (PSIG)
45020 PV Strokes/Minute Range 10-28
Current Revision: G:10.13
Change Logo www.kimray.com Issued 1/13
GLYCOL PUMPS
MODEL 2020 SC & 5020 SC PUMPS
SYSTEM OPERATION PARAMETERS
www.kimray.com
GLYCOL PUMPS
MODEL 1720 PV & 4020 PV PUMP
STEEL
www.kimray.com
GLYCOL PUMPS
CHECK VALVE BLOCKS
APPLICATIONS: DESCRIPTION:
For use with Kimray Glycol Pump to help prevent particle The Kimray Glycol filter is used to filter particles of rust,
caused system wear. sludge and debris from the glycol lines before the glycol reaches
the pumping system. This allows the glycol pump to operate
more freely and reduces pump wear. Filter itself is a disposable
FEATURES: type that can be easily removed and replaced.
Sock type filter
In line filter removal
1/4" NPT Bleed Valve connection
Hammer Union Cap
Solid Mount
3/4" NPT inlet and outlet connections
TEMPERATURE RANGE:
-20°F minumum to 650°F maximum
RECOMMENDED PUMPS:
4020PV
9020PV
2020SC
5020SC
INLET
OUTLET
Body 7085
O Ring 4238
INSTALLATION:
The Kimray Glycol Filter Canister is installed between the
Absorber and the Wet Glycol Inlet of the pump.
DIMENSIONS:
NOTES:
Bolts to attach the Kimray Glycol Filter to a particular unit are
available as follows:
1" long, Part no. 380, 4 Req’d.
2" long, Part no. 191, 4 Req’d.
3" long, Part no. 1942, 4 Req’d.
(These bolts require #241 nut, 4 Req’d.)
APPLICATIONS: OPERATION:
• Circulating pump for gas glycol dehydrators, gas amine The KIMRAY ELECTRIC GLYCOL PUMP is a uniquely de-
units and other pumping applications. signed hydraulically balanced diaphragm/plunger positive dis-
placement pump. Power to the pump is provided by a properly
FEATURES: sized and specified electric motor either directly connected or belt
• No Gas Emissions driven. PLUNGERS are utilized to energize DIAPHRAGMS which
• No Packing in turn pressurize glycol/amine solutions used in gas processing.
• Hydraulically Balanced Diaphragms The Plungers operate and are lubricated in clean oil isolated from
• Double-ended Shaft the process fluids by DIAPHRAGMS. The DIAPHRAGMS are in
• Stud Extenders for easy Head Installation contact with the hydraulic oil on one side and the glycol/amine
• Pulse-Free flow solution and on the other side. KIMZOIL EGP1 is a hydraulic/
• Direct or Belt Driven lubrication oil designed for high end pump performance designed
for this application. This design allows for the protection of the
reciprocating pumping internals from the process fluids.
SPECIFICATIONS: As shown in the diagram, the PLUNGER(S) are connected
• Capacity @ max. pressure: rpm gpm I/min
to the CROSSHEAD(s) and displace the oil (YELLOW) in the
1500 psi (103 bar) 1200 8.3 31.4
HYDRAULIC CHAMBER as they reciprocate. As the Plunger
• RPM: 1200 max.- 200 min.
moves to the right on the pressure stroke, oil is displaced in the
• Inlet
Hydraulic Chamber and forces the DIAPHRAGM(s) to move to
250 psi max
the right. The Diaphragm movement displaces the glycol/amine
• Connections:
solution (GREEN) on the opposing side of the Diaphragm and
Inlet: 1" NPT
forces it through the DISCHARGE CHECK VALVE(s). During the
Outlet: 3/4" NPT
pressure stroke, a small amount of oil (YELLOW) leaks past the
• Temperature:
clearance between the Plunger and cylinder.
Max: 250° F (121.1° C)
As the Plunger moves back on the suction stroke, the pres-
Min: 40° F (4.4° C)
sure drops in the Hydraulic Chamber and a small amount of oil is
[contact factory for temperatures below 40° F (4.4° C)]
drawn in through the UNDER-FILL VALVE to replace the oil lost
• Fluid End Material, Manifold : SA395 / SA479
during the pressure stroke. The position of the Spool Valve regu-
• Elastomers: Aflas® and Viton®
lates how much oil is drawn in. The SPOOL VALVE is positioned
• Oil Capacity: 2.75 quarts KIMRAY Part No. 7266
by the DIAPHRAGM ROD ASSEMBLY which is connected to the
2.60 Liters
Diaphragm. The cycle then repeats.
• Weight (dry): 100 lbs (45.7 kg)
When the Diaphragm moves too far forward, the Under-Fill
• Bi Directional Shaft Rotation
port closes and the Over-Fill port opens. The Under-Fill Valve
is a check valve that lets oil in during the suction stroke, but
will not allow oil to leave. The OVER-FILL VALVE is a check
valve that lets oil out during the pressure stroke, but prevents oil
from coming in. The spool valve position opens the port to one
of the two valves depending on the need for more or less oil.
Glycol/Amine
Lubrication Oil
Lube
Crank Chamber Hydraulic
Plunger
Chamber
Rod Discharge
Checks (3)
Suction
Crosshead Overfill Checks (3)
Valve Underfill
Valve Diaphragm
Spool
Diaphragm Rod
Assembly
Component Identification
Crankshaft End
Discharge
Check Oil Fill Cap ID Plate
Valves (3) Crankshaft
Outlet
Suction
Check
Valves (3)
Fluid End
Oil Drain Plugs
Inlet Hydraulic Section
LOCATION: ACCESSORIES
Locate the pump as close to the fluid supply source as possible. Consult installation drawing above for typical system components.
Contact KIMRAY INC. or the distributor in your area for more
Allow room for checking the oil level, changing the oil (two drain
details.
plugs on the bottom and back of pump), and removing the pump
head components (inlet and discharge retainer plates, manifold, IMPORTANT PRECAUTIONS
and related items).
Adequate Fluid Supply. To avoid cavitation and premature pump
MOUNTING failure, be sure that the pump will have an adequate fluid supply
and that the inlet line will not be obstructed.
The pump shaft can rotate in either direction.
Positive Displacement. This is a positive-displacement pump.
To prevent vibration, mount the pump and motor securely on a
Install a relief valve downstream from the pump.
level rigid base.
Safety Guards. Install adequate safety guards over all pulleys,
On a belt-drive system, align the sheaves accurately; poor
belts, and couplings. Follow all codes and regulations regarding
alignment wastes horsepower and shortens the belt and bearing
installation and operation of the pumping system.
life. Make sure the belts are properly tightened, as specified by
the belt manufacturer. Shut-Off Valves. Never install shut-off valves between the pump
and discharge pressure regulator, relief valve, or in the regulator
On a direct-drive system, align the shafts accurately. Unless
bypass line.
otherwise specified by the coupling manufacturer, maximum
parallel misalignment should not exceed 0.015 in. (0.4 mm) and Freezing Conditions. Protect the pump from freezing. See also
angular misalignment should be held to 1° maximum. Careful the Maintenance Section.
alignment extends life of the coupling, pump, shafts, and support Consult the Factory for the following situations:
bearings. Consult coupling manufacturer for exact alignment
tolerances. • Extreme temperature applications – above 250° F (82° C) or below
40° F (4.4° C)
• Viscous fluid applications above 100 Cps
• Chemical compatibility problems
PUMPS AVAILABLE: • Hot ambient temperatures – above 110° F (43° C)
CAT. OPER. PRESS OPER. PRESS. • Conditions where pump oil may exceed 200° F (93° C)
NO. TYPE MINIMUM MAXIMUM because of a combination of hot ambient temperatures, hot
fluid temperature, and full horsepower load — an oil cooler
GEA 50015 EV 0 1500 may be required
• Pump RPM less than 200
REPAIR KITS AVAILABLE:
CALCULATING REQUIRED HORSEPOWER (KW)*
CAT. gpm x psi
= electric motor HP*
NO. TYPE MATERIAL 1,460
lpm x bar
RZAV CHECK VALVE REPAIR KIT VITON = electric motor kW*
511
RZBV COMPLETE REPAIR KIT VITON * HP/kW is required application power.
RZCV DIAPHRAGM REPAIR KIT VITON ATTENTION!
OIL AVAILABLE: When sizing motors with variable speed drives (VFDs), it is
very important to select a motor and a VFD rated for constant
CAT. CAPACITY CAPACITY torque inverter duty service and that the motor is rated to meet
NO. TYPE QUARTS LITERS the torque requirements of the pump throughout desired speed
range.
7266 EGP1 KIMZOIL 2.75 2.60
Kimray is an ISO 9001- certified manufacturer.
G:20.2 Current Revision:
Issued 10/14 www.kimray.com Change Kimray part number for Oil
GLYCOL PUMPS
ELECTRIC PUMPS
OVERVIEW
Performance
50015 EV Performance
6
Gallons Per Minute
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
Pump Speed (RPM)
16
14
12
10
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400
Pump Speed (RPM)
24 25 26 25 27 28 29 1 2 23
22
8
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
5
6
7
8 18
9
20
21
3 11 4 12 13 14
15
16
17
19
35 36
37 38 39 40 41 42 43
44 45 46
58 59
56
54 57
13.6
345.8
2.3 4.4
57.8 111.1
.2
6.3
9.8
Ø 1.0 247.7
25.4
4X .358
MOUNTING HOLES
4.9
123.8
9.8
247.7
3/4" NPT OUTLET
(BOTH SIDES)
2.3
58.4
6.2
158.7 5.2
133.3
9.4 3.8
238.1 95.5
5.0 10.9
127.0 276.5
.8
20.1
18.7
475.1
www.kimray.com
GLYCOL PUMPS
ELECTRIC PUMPS
APPLICATIONS: OPERATION:
• Circulating pump for gas glycol dehydrators, gas amine The KIMRAY ELECTRIC GLYCOL PUMP is a uniquely de-
units and other pumping applications. signed hydraulically balanced diaphragm/plunger positive dis-
placement pump. Power to the pump is provided by a properly
FEATURES: sized and specified electric motor either directly connected or belt
• No Gas Emissions driven. PLUNGERS are utilized to energize DIAPHRAGMS which
• No Packing in turn pressurize glycol/amine solutions used in gas processing.
• Hydraulically Balanced Diaphragms The Plungers operate and are lubricated in clean oil isolated from
• Inline Service the process fluids by DIAPHRAGMS. The DIAPHRAGMS are in
• Pulse-Free flow contact with the hydraulic oil on one side and the glycol/amine
• Direct Driven solution and on the other side. KIMZOIL EGP1 is a hydraulic/
lubrication oil designed for high end pump performance designed
for this application. This design allows for the protection of the
SPECIFICATIONS: reciprocating pumping internals from the process fluids.
• Capacity @ max. pressure: rpm gpm I/min
As shown in the diagram, the PLUNGER(S) are connected
1200 psi (83 bar) 1750 2.2 8.3
to the CROSSHEAD(s) and displace the oil (YELLOW) in the
• RPM: 1750 max.- 200 min.
HYDRAULIC CHAMBER as they reciprocate. As the Plunger
• Inlet
moves to the right on the pressure stroke, oil is displaced in the
250 psi max
Hydraulic Chamber and forces the DIAPHRAGM(s) to move to
• Connections:
the right. The Diaphragm movement displaces the glycol/amine
Inlet: 1/2" NPT
solution (GREEN) on the opposing side of the Diaphragm and
Outlet: 3/8" NPT
forces it through the DISCHARGE CHECK VALVE(s). During the
• Temperature:
pressure stroke, a small amount of oil (YELLOW) leaks past the
Max: 250° F (121.1° C)
clearance between the Plunger and cylinder.
Min: 40° F (4.4° C)
As the Plunger moves back on the suction stroke, the pres-
• Fluid End Material, Manifold : SA395 / SA479
sure drops in the Hydraulic Chamber and a small amount of oil is
• Elastomers: Viton®
drawn in through the UNDER-FILL VALVE to replace the oil lost
• Oil Capacity: 1 Quart KIMRAY Part No. 7266
during the pressure stroke. The position of the Spool Valve regu-
0.95 Liters
lates how much oil is drawn in. The SPOOL VALVE is positioned
• Weight (dry): 37 lbs (16.8 kg)
by the DIAPHRAGM ROD ASSEMBLY which is connected to the
• Bi Directional Shaft Rotation
Diaphragm. The cycle then repeats.
• For use with NEMA 56c Footed Motor only
When the Diaphragm moves too far forward, the Under-Fill
port closes and the Over-Fill port opens. The Under-Fill Valve
is a check valve that lets oil in during the suction stroke, but
Glycol/Amine will not allow oil to leave. The OVER-FILL VALVE is a check
Lubrication Oil valve that lets oil out during the pressure stroke, but prevents oil
from coming in. The spool valve position opens the port to one
of the two valves depending on the need for more or less oil.
Component Identification
Oil Fill Cap
Hydraulic Section ID Plate
Discharge Outlet
Suction Inlet
Fluid End
Oil Drain Plug
LOCATION: ACCESSORIES
Locate the pump as close to the fluid supply source as possible. Consult installation drawing above for typical system components.
Contact KIMRAY INC. or the distributor in your area for more
Allow room for checking the oil level, changing the oil (two drain
details.
plugs on the bottom and back of pump), and removing the pump
head components (inlet and discharge retainer plates, manifold, IMPORTANT PRECAUTIONS
and related items).
Adequate Fluid Supply. To avoid cavitation and premature pump
MOUNTING failure, be sure that the pump will have an adequate fluid supply
and that the inlet line will not be obstructed.
The pump shaft can rotate in either direction.
Positive Displacement. This is a positive-displacement pump.
To prevent vibration, mount the pump and motor securely on a
Install a relief valve downstream from the pump.
level rigid base.
Safety Guards. Install adequate safety guards over all pulleys,
On a belt-drive system, align the sheaves accurately; poor
belts, and couplings. Follow all codes and regulations regarding
alignment wastes horsepower and shortens the belt and bearing
installation and operation of the pumping system.
life. Make sure the belts are properly tightened, as specified by
the belt manufacturer. Shut-Off Valves. Never install shut-off valves between the pump
and discharge pressure regulator, relief valve, or in the regulator
On a direct-drive system, align the shafts accurately. Unless
bypass line.
otherwise specified by the coupling manufacturer, maximum
parallel misalignment should not exceed 0.015 in. (0.4 mm) and Freezing Conditions. Protect the pump from freezing. See also
angular misalignment should be held to 1° maximum. Careful the Maintenance Section.
alignment extends life of the coupling, pump, shafts, and support Consult the Factory for the following situations:
bearings. Consult coupling manufacturer for exact alignment
tolerances. • Extreme temperature applications – above 250° F (82° C) or below
40° F (4.4° C)
• Viscous fluid applications above 100 Cps
• Chemical compatibility problems
PUMPS AVAILABLE: • Hot ambient temperatures – above 110° F (43° C)
CAT. OPER. PRESS OPER. PRESS. • Conditions where pump oil may exceed 200° F (93° C)
NO. TYPE MINIMUM MAXIMUM because of a combination of hot ambient temperatures, hot
fluid temperature, and full horsepower load — an oil cooler
GEB 12012 EV 0 1200 may be required
• Pump RPM less than 200
REPAIR KITS AVAILABLE:
CALCULATING REQUIRED HORSEPOWER (KW)*
CAT. 6XRPM GPMXPSI
+ = electric motor HP*
NO. TYPE MATERIAL 63,000 1,460
6XRPM lpm x bar
RZGV CHECK VALVE REPAIR KIT VITON + = electric motor kW*
84428 511
RZHV COMPLETE REPAIR KIT VITON * HP/kW is required application power.
RZIV DIAPHRAGM REPAIR KIT VITON ATTENTION!
OIL AVAILABLE: When sizing motors with variable speed drives (VFDs), it is
very important to select a motor and a VFD rated for constant
CAT. CAPACITY CAPACITY torque inverter duty service and that the motor is rated to meet
NO. TYPE QUARTS LITERS the torque requirements of the pump throughout desired speed
range.
7266 EGP1 KIMZOIL 1.0 1.05
Kimray is an ISO 9001- certified manufacturer.
G:20.10 Current Revision:
Issued 2/15 www.kimray.com Change electric HP formula
GLYCOL PUMPS
ELECTRIC PUMPS
OVERVIEW
12012 EV Performance
3.33 12.5
3.0 11.25
100 psi (7 bar)
2.66 500 psi (34 bar) 10
1000 psi (69 bar)
2.33 8.75
1.66 6.25
1.33 5.0
1.0 3.75
.66 2.5
.33 1.25
1750
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800
Pump Speed (RPM)
22
20 6
18
16 5
NPSHr (meters of water)
NPSHr (feet of water)
14
4
12
10 3
6 2
4
1
2
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800
RPM
28
Piston Assembly
(see Detail “A”)
31
30
16
W0056
Valve Assemblies
(see Detail “B”)
19
18
17
W0057 (Kel-Cell)
12
14
4 2
1
3
W0058
71
70
68
69
63
60
61
62 79
59 78
W0060
57
65
55
53 54
58
52
51
50
10.1
(256)
6.85 7.56
(174) (192)
Ø0.42 Outlet M-03: 3/8" NPT
(10.7) (3 Places) G-13: 3/8" BSPT
(4 places)
0.76
(19.3)
3.22
(81.8)
0.69
(17.5)
INLET PIPING (Suction Feed) flow to the pump is not restricted. The opening should be at
least the same diameter as the inlet plumbing ID.
CAUTION: When pumping at temperatures above 250° F Do not use a line strainer or filter in the suction line unless
(121.1° C), use a pressure-feed system. regular maintenance is assured. If used, choose a top loading
Install drain cocks at any low points of the suction line, to per- basket. It should have a free-flow area of at least three times
mit draining in freezing conditions. the free-flow area of the inlet.
Provide for permanent or temporary installation of a vacuum Install piping supports where necessary to relieve strain on the
gauge to monitor the inlet suction. To maintain maximum flow, inlet line and to minimize vibration.
vacuum at the pump inlet should not exceed 7 in. Hg at 70° F
(180 mm Hg at 21° C). Do not supply more than one pump INLET PIPING (Pressure Feed)
from the same inlet line if possible.
Provide for permanent or temporary installation of a vacuum/
Supply Tank pressure gauge to monitor the inlet vacuum or pressure. Pres-
Use a supply tank that is large enough to provide time for any sure at the pump inlet should not exceed 250 psi (17 bar); if it
trapped air in the fluid to escape. The tank size should be at could get higher, install an inlet pressure reducing regulator. Do
least twice the maximum pump flow rate. not supply more than one pump from the same inlet line.
Isolate the pump and motor stand from the supply tank, and
support them separately. INLET CALCULATIONS
Install a separate inlet line from the supply tank to each pump.
Install the inlet and bypass lines so they empty into the supply Acceleration Head
tank below the lowest water level, on the opposite side of the Calculating the Acceleration Head
baffle from the pump suction line. Use the following formula to calculate acceleration head losses.
If a line strainer is used in the system install it in the inlet line Subtract this figure from the NPSHa, and compare the result to
to the supply tank. the NPSHr of the Hydra-Cell pump.
To reduce aeration and turbulence, install a completely sub- Ha = (L x V x N x C) ÷ (K x G)
merged baffle plate to separate the incoming and outgoing where:
liquids. Ha = Acceleration head (ft of liquid)
Install a vortex breaker in the supply tank, over the outlet port L = Actual length of suction line (ft) — not equivalent length
to the pump. V = Velocity of liquid in suction line (ft/sec) [V = GPM x (0.408
Place a cover over the supply tank, to prevent foreign objects ÷ pipe ID2)]
from falling into it. N = RPM of crank shaft
C = Constant determined by type of pump — use 0.066 for
Hose and Routing the EV50015 Hydra-Cell pumps
Size the suction line at least one size larger than the pump K = Constant to compensate for compressibility of the fluid
inlet, and so that the velocity will not exceed 1-3 ft/sec (0.3 to — use: 1.4 for de-aerated or hot water; 1.5 for most
0.9 m/s): liquids; 2.5 for hydrocarbons with high compressibility
For pipe in inches: Velocity (ft/sec) = 0.408 x GPM/Pipe ID2 G = Gravitational constant (32.2 ft/sec2)
For pipe in mm: Velocity (m/sec) = 21.2 x LPM/Pipe ID2
Keep the suction line as short and direct as possible. Friction Losses
Use flexible hose and/or expansion joints to absorb vibration, Calculating Friction Losses in Suction Piping
expansion, or contraction. When following the above recommendations (under “Inlet Pip-
If possible, keep suction line level. Do not have any high points ing”) for minimum hose/pipe I. D. and maximum length, frictional
collecting vapor unless high points are vented. losses in the suction piping are negligible (i.e., Hf = 0) if you are
To reduce turbulence and resistance, do not use 90° elbows. pumping a water-like fluid.
If turns are necessary in the suction line, use 45° elbows or When pumping more-viscous fluids such as lubricating oils, seal-
arrange sweeping curves in the flexible inlet hose. ants, adhesives, syrups, varnishes, etc., frictional losses in the
If a block valve is used, be sure it is fully opened so that the Kimray is an ISO 9001- certified manufacturer.
Current Revision: G:25.1
Moved page from Page G:20.4 www.kimray.com Issued 10/14
GLYCOL PUMPS
ELECTRIC PUMPS
INSTALLATION
suction piping may become significant. As Hf increases, the avail- Adjust the pressure relief valve to no more than 10% over the
able NPSH (NPSHa) will decrease, and cavitation will occur. maximum working pressure of the system. Do not exceed the
In general, frictional losses increase with increasing viscosity, in- manufacturer’s pressure rating for the pump or relief valve.
creasing suction-line length, increasing pump flow rate, and de-
creasing suction-line diameter. Changes in suction-line diameter Route the bypass line to the supply tank. See the diagram show-
have the greatest impact on frictional losses: a 25% increase in ing a typical installation at the beginning of the Installation Sec-
suction-line diameter cuts losses by more than two times, and a tion.
50% increase cuts losses by a factor of five times. If the pump may be run for a long time with the discharge closed
Consult the factory before pumping viscous fluids. and fluid bypassing, install a thermal protector in the bypass line
(to prevent severe temperature buildup in the bypassed fluid).
Minimizing Acceleration Head and Frictional Losses CAUTION: Never install shutoff valves in the bypass line or
To minimize the acceleration head and frictional losses: between the pump and pressure relief valve.
• Keep inlet lines less than 6 ft (1.8 m) or as short as possible Install a pressure gauge in the discharge line.
• Use at least 1-1/2 in. (38.1 mm) I.D. inlet hose
• Use suction hose (low-pressure hose, non collapsing) for the BEFORE INITIAL START-UP
inlet lines
• Minimize fittings (elbows, valves, tees, etc.) Before you start the pump, be sure that:
• Use a suction stabilizer on the inlet. • Pump is stored at a temperature between 40-180 F (4.4-82.2
C) for a minimum of 24 hours before start up.
Net Positive Suction Head • All shutoff valves are open, and the pump has an adequate
NPSHa must be equal to or greater than NPSHr. If not, the supply of fluid.
pressure in the pump inlet will be lower than the vapor pressure • All connections are tight.
of the fluid — and cavitation will occur. • The oil level is within the marking on the dipstick. Add oil as
needed.
Calculating the NPSHa • The relief valve on the pump outlet is adjusted so the pump
Use the following formula to calculate the NPSHa: starts under minimum pressure.
NPSHa = Pt + Hz - Hf - Ha - Pvp • All shaft couplings or drive pulleys have adequate safety
where: guards.
Pt = Atmospheric pressure
Hz = Vertical distance from surface liquid to pump center line INITIAL START-UP
(if liquid is below pump center line, the Hz is negative)
Hf = Friction losses in suction piping 1. Pump must be at or above 40 F (4.4 C) for 24 hours prior to
Ha = Acceleration head at pump suction starting.
Pvp = Absolute vapor pressure of liquid at pumping tempera- 2. Open the bypass line start-up and capacity-control valve so the
ture pump may be started against negligible discharge pressure.
3. Turn on power to the pump motor.
NOTES: 4. Check the inlet pressure or vacuum. To maintain maximum
• In good practice, NPSHa should be 2 ft greater than flow, inlet vacuum must not exceed 7 in. Hg at 70° F (180 mm
NPSHr Hg at 21° C). Inlet pressure must not exceed 250 psi (17 bar).
• All values must be expressed in feet of liquid 5. Listen for any erratic noise, and look for unsteady flow. If the
pump does not clear, refer to the Troubleshooting Section.
Atmospheric Pressure at Various Altitudes 6. If the system has an air lock and the pump fails to prime:
Altitude Pressure Altitude Pressure a. Turn off the power.
(ft) (ft of H2O) (ft) (ft of H2O) b. Remove the pressure gauge from the tee fitting at the pump
0 33.9 1500 32.1 outlet (see installation diagram).
500 33.3 2000 31.5 NOTE: Fluid may come out of this port when the plug is
1000 32.8 5000 28.2 removed. Provide an adequate catch basin for fluid
spillage, if required. Fluid will come out of this port
DISCHARGE PIPING when the pump is started, so we recommend that you
attach adequate plumbing from this port so fluid will
Hose and Routing not be sprayed or lost. Use high-pressure-rated hose
Use the shortest, most-direct route for the discharge line. and fittings from this port. Take all safety precautions to
Select pipe or hose with a working pressure rating of at least assure safe handling of the fluid being pumped.
1.5 times the maximum system pressure. EXAMPLE: Select a c. Jog the system on and off until the fluid coming from this
1500 psi W.P.-rated hose for systems to be operated at 1000 port is air-free.
psi-gauge pressure. d. Turn off the power.
Use flexible hose between the pump and rigid piping to absorb e. Remove the plumbing that was temporarily installed, and
vibration, expansion or contraction. reinstall the pressure gauge or plug.
Support the pump and piping independently. Size the dis- 7. Adjust the bypass line valve to the desired operating pres
charge line so that the velocity of the fluid will not exceed 7-10 sure. Do not exceed the maximum pressure rating of the
ft/sec (2-3 m/sec): pump.
For pipe in inches: Velocity (ft/sec) = 0.408 x GPM/Pipe ID2 8. After the system pressure is adjusted, verify the safety relief
For pipe in mm: Velocity (m/sec) = 21.2 x LPM/Pipe ID2 valve setting by closing the bypass line valve until the relief
valve opens.
Pressure Relief NOTE: Fluid may come out of the safety relief valve.
Install a pressure relief valve in the discharge line. Bypass Provide an adequate catch basin for fluid spillage. Take
pressure must not exceed the pressure limit of the pump. all safety precautions to assure safe handling of the
Size the relief valve so that, when fully open, it will be large spillage.
enough to relieve the full capacity of the pump without over- 9. Reset the bypass line valve to obtain the desired system
pressurizing the system. pressure.
Locate the valve as close to the pump as possible and ahead 10. Provide a return line from the relief valve to the supply tank,
of any other valves. similar to the bypass line.
Kimray is an ISO 9001- certified manufacturer.
G:25.2 Current Revision:
Issued 10/14 www.kimray.com Moved page from Page G:20.5
GLYCOL PUMPS
ELECTRIC PUMPS
MAINTENANCE
NOTE: The numbers in parentheses are the Reference Num- When changing oil, remove both drain plugs (13) at the bottom
bers on the exploded view illustrations found in this manual of the pump so all oil and accumulated sediment will drain out.
and in the Parts Manual.
CAUTION: Do not turn the drive shaft while the oil reservoir
DAILY is empty.
Check the oil level and the condition of the oil with the pump Check the inlet pressure or vacuum periodically with a gauge. If
turned off. The oil level should be within the marking on the vacuum at the pump inlet exceeds 7 in. Hg (180 mm Hg), check
dipstick. Add oil as needed. the inlet piping system for blockages. If the pump inlet is located
Use KIMZOIL EGP1 Electric Glycol Pump Oil (Kimray part no. above the supply tank, check the fluid supply level and replenish
6928) for the application. if too low.
CAUTION: If you are losing oil but don’t see any external CAUTION: Protect the pump from freezing. Refer also to
leakage, or if the oil becomes discolored and contaminated, the “Shutdown Procedure”.
one of the diaphragms (41) may be damaged. Refer to the
Fluid-End Service Section. Do not operate the pump with a SHUTDOWN PROCEDURE DURING
damaged diaphragm. FREEZING TEMPERATURES
CAUTION: Do not leave contaminated oil in the pump hous- Take all safety precautions to assure safe handling of the
ing or leave the housing empty. Remove contaminated oil fluid being pumped. Provide adequate catch basins for fluid
as soon as discovered, and replace it with clean oil. drainage and use appropriate plumbing from drain ports, etc.,
when flushing the pump and system with a compatible anti-
PERIODICALLY freeze.
Change the oil after the first 500 hours of operation, and then PUMP STORAGE
according to the guidelines below.
CAUTION: If the pump is to be stored more than six months
Hours Between Oil Changes @ Various take the following steps to protect against corrosion:
Process Fluid Temperatures 1. Change crankcase oil.
<150°F <200°F <250°F 2. Change oil behind diaphragms.
Pressure
RPM (32°C) (60°C) (82°C) 3. Remove suction and discharge valves and drain pump of
<1000 psi (69 bar) <800 6,000 4,500 3,000 all liquids. Use compressed air to dry inside passageways of
<1200 4,000 3,000 2,000 manifold.
<1500 psi (100 bar) <800 4,000 3,000 2,000 4. Apply light film of clean oil or corrosion inhibitor to all inside
<1200 2,000 1,500 1,000 passageways of manifold.
5. Clean and dry valves and seats. Apply light film of clean oil or
NOTE: Minimum oil viscosity for proper hydraulic end lubri- corrosion inhibitor to valves and seats.
cation is 16-20 cST (80-100 SSU) at 212°F (100°C). 6. Reinstall valves with new o-rings.
7. Plug suction and discharge ports to protect against dirt and
NOTE: Use of an oil cooler is recommended when process moisture.
fluid and/or hydraulic end oil exceeds 200°F (93°C). 8. Store pump in clean and dry location.
9. Every month of storage rotate crankshaft 4 to 6 times.
L2 - N.O.
INSTALLATION DESCRIPTION
Install by removing the adapter and conduit plug from the pump
rear cover, secure the switch into the adapter and reinstall the MAX CURRENT LOAD
assembly into the rear cover. CONTACT SWITCHING
RATING VOLTAGE AMPS AC AMPS DC
PART DESCRIPTION
NUMBER SPT 0-30 .4 .3
SHAFT COUPLINGS
FUNCTION / PURPOSE:
The SHAFT COUPLINGS join the motor and pump shafts with
an elastomeric cushion. A properly sized coupling is required for
each shaft. Additionally, a spider cushion installs between the
two couplings.
PART DESCRIPTION
NUMBER
6902 BUNA COUPLING SPIDER
6900 Ø 1.000" BORE COUPLING
6917 Ø 1.375" BORE COUPLING
1901 Ø 1.625" BORE COUPLING
FRAME SIZE A B C
INCLUDES MOUNTING HARDWARE
213T/215T 6.100" 7.250"Ø .531"Ø
254T/256T 7.600" 7.250"Ø .531"Ø
SKID
FRAME SIZE A B C
213T/215T 19 11/64" 29 1/2" 4"
254T/256T 19 5/32” 35 5/16” 4"
Kimray is an ISO 9001- certified manufacturer.
Current Revision: G:25.5
Moved page from Page G:20.12 www.kimray.com Issued 10/14
NOTES:
www.kimray.com
TEMPERATURE
CONTROLLERS
H
SECTION
www.kimray.com
NOTE: We reserve the right to modify or change, without prior
notice, any statement or information contained herein. If exact dimen-
sions or specifications are required by the customer
certified prints will be furnished for a minimum charge upon request
to KIMRAY, Inc.
® Copyright 1992, KIMRAY, Inc.
TEMPERATURE CONTROLLERS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
THERMOSTATS
Kimray thermostats are pneumatic pilots designed to signal on a set or varying temperature ranging from 30°F to 750°F. This
signal opens or closes a diaphragm operated motor valve. These thermostats can also be used for controlling a set temperature
in direct and indirect heaters, emulsion treaters, reboilers, steam generators, heat exchangers, cooler shutter controls and salt bath
heaters.
THERMOSTATS
BASE ASSEMBLIES................................................................................ 10.1
5-30 lb. signal varies within set temperature range.
CAPACITY CHARTS
3 PG PILOT CAPACITY ............................................. 70.1
BURNER VALVE CAPACITY ..................................... 70.2
ACCESSORIES
BURNER VALVES ...................................................... 80.1
1 inch diaphragm operated motor valves suitable
for burner supply gas control.
SEPARABLE SOCKETS.............................................100.1
Increases working pressure of thermostats from
500 to 7,000 psig.
AFLAS ®
is a trade mark of Asahi Glass Co TEFLON (T)
TEMPERATURE: TEMPERATURE:
+30° to +500° F -40° to +400° F
0° to +260° C -20° to +204° C
APPLICATION: APPLICATION:
Crude Oil & Gas Production (High heat), Steam Chemically Inert Elastomer Best in static Do not use at
Flood Production Chemicals (corrosion inhibitors) Amine low temps
Sweetener Systems, Gasoline, Diesel, Fuel Oil Systems
FLUID / GAS:
FLUID / GAS: Almost All Chemicals
Crude Oil & Gas Production, H2S, Steam, Petroleum
fluids, Sea Water
VITON ®
is a trade mark of Dupont
ACTION: OPERATION:
Indirect throttle; Pilot Output Pressure (Yellow) These Thermostat Base Assemblies consist of a
decreases with temperature rise. STAINLESS TUBE for monitoring the changing tem-
Direct semi-throttle; Pilot Output Pressure (Yellow) perature, which is connected by a Low Expansion Alloy
increases with temperature rise. Rod to a DIAPHRAGM or BELLOWS ASSEMBLY. The
differential pressure across the Diaphragm or Bellows
APPLICATION: combined with changes in the length of the STAINLESS
Used to control a set temperature in heaters, emulsion TUBE throttle a PILOT PLUG seat. The PILOT PLUG
treaters, reboilers, steam generators, heat exchangers, consists of two stainless balls rigidly connected together.
cooler shutter controls, and salt bath heaters. The seat at BALL 1 is the Supply Pressure inlet (Violet to
Yellow). The seat at BALL 2 is the pressure vent (Yellow
WORKING PRESSURE (sensing element): to Atmosphere).
psig kg/cm2 Assume the set temperature of the Thermostat is
500 35.15 max. without Separable Socket above that of the system. The vent at BALL 2 is closed
4000 281.23 max. with Separable Socket and the inlet at BALL 1 is open. Output Pressure (Yellow)
7000 492.15 max. with Special Separable Socket is being sent to any Pilot or Motor Valve.
As the temperature rises in the system, the STAINLESS
Separable Socket is an extra price item and must TUBE increases in length to move the Thermostat
be ordered separately, if desired. To order Separable Diaphragm (or Bellows) Assembly in a direction to first
Sockets refer to Table of Contents close the seat at BALL 1 (Violet to Yellow) and open the
seat at BALL 2 (Yellow to Atmosphere). Output Pressure
TEMPERATURE RANGE: (Yellow) decreases to cause the desired Pilot or Motor
T 12, T 18, T 24, T 36 -30°F minimum to 400°F maximum Valve action.
-34°C minimum to 204°C maximum As the temperature decreases, the action is reversed
to increase Output Pressure (Yellow).
SUPPLY PRESSURE: By reversing the Vent and Supply lines, the Thermostat
5 to 30 psig can be made to act in a direct snap mode, Pilot Output
.35 to 2.11 kg/cm2 Pressure increases with temperature rise. Pilot output
vents with temperature decrease
RESPONSE RANGE:
T 12 - 1.75 psig/°F, .22 kg/cm2/°C
T 18 - 2.50 psig/°F, .31 kg/cm2/°C
INDIRECT ACTION
Diaphragm Assembly
1/2” NPT
2 1
Stainless Tube
Output Pressure
Vent
DIRECT ACTION
Diaphragm Assembly
1/2” NPT
2 1
Stainless Tube
Vent
Kimray is an ISO 9001- certified manufacturer.
Current Revision: H:10.1
Update color images www.kimray.com Issued 2/15
TEMPERATURE CONTROLLERS
LOW TEMPERATURE BASE ASSEMBLIES
DUCTILE IRON
1627, 12"
Set Screw 264 Base 1628, 18"
1628L24, 24"
Drive Screw 602, *O Ring 265 1628L36, 36"
3 Req’d. Spring 108
Screw 693, 4 Req’d.
*O Ring 265, 2 Req’d. Housing 595
ACTION: OPERATION:
Indirect throttle; Pilot Output Pressure (Yellow) These Thermostat Base Assemblies consist of a
decreases with temperature rise. STAINLESS TUBE for monitoring the changing tem-
Direct semi-throttle; Pilot Output Pressure (Yellow) perature, which is connected by a Low Expansion Alloy
increases with temperature rise. Rod to a DIAPHRAGM or BELLOWS ASSEMBLY. The
differential pressure across the Diaphragm or Bellows
APPLICATION: combined with changes in the length of the STAINLESS
Used to control a set temperature in heaters, emulsion TUBE throttle a PILOT PLUG seat. The PILOT PLUG
treaters, reboilers, steam generators, heat exchangers, consists of two stainless balls rigidly connected together.
cooler shutter controls, and salt bath heaters. The seat at BALL 1 is the Supply Pressure inlet (Violet to
Yellow). The seat at BALL 2 is the pressure vent (Yellow
WORKING PRESSURE (sensing element): to Atmosphere).
psig kg/cm2 Assume the set temperature of the Thermostat is
500 35.15 max. without Separable Socket above that of the system. The vent at BALL 2 is closed
4000 281.23 max. with Separable Socket and the inlet at BALL 1 is open. Output Pressure (Yellow)
7000 492.15 max. with Special Separable Socket is being sent to any Pilot or Motor Valve.
As the temperature rises in the system, the STAINLESS
Separable Socket is an extra price item and must TUBE increases in length to move the Thermostat
be ordered separately, if desired. To order Separable Diaphragm (or Bellows) Assembly in a direction to first
Sockets refer to Table of Contents close the seat at BALL 1 (Violet to Yellow) and open the
seat at BALL 2 (Yellow to Atmosphere). Output Pressure
TEMPERATURE RANGE: (Yellow) decreases to cause the desired Pilot or Motor
HT 12, HT 18 -30°F minimum to 750°F maximum Valve action.
-34°C minimum to 399°C maximum As the temperature decreases, the action is reversed
to increase Output Pressure (Yellow).
SUPPLY PRESSURE: By reversing the Vent and Supply lines, the Thermostat
5 to 30 psig can be made to act in a direct snap mode, Pilot Output
.35 to 2.11 kg/cm2 Pressure increases with temperature rise. Pilot output
vents with temperature decrease
RESPONSE RANGE:
HT 12 - 2.50 psig/°F, .31 kg/cm2/°C
HT 18 - 3.75 psig/°F, .47 kg/cm2/°C
INDIRECT ACTION
Bellows Assembly
1/2” NPT
2 1
Stainless Tube
Vent
DIRECT ACTION
Bellows Assembly
1/2” NPT
2 1
Stainless Tube
Output Pressure
Vent
Kimray is an ISO 9001- certified manufacturer.
Current Revision: H:10.3
Update color images www.kimray.com Issued 2/15
TEMPERATURE CONTROLLERS
HIGH TEMPERATURE BASE ASSEMBLIES
STEEL
1627, 12"
Set Screw 264 Base 1628, 18"
Drive Screw 602,
3 Req’d. Spring 585
Screw 693, 4 Req’d.
*O Ring 265V, 2 Req’d. Bellows Assembly 1620
3/8"Ø
1/2" NPT
9.5mm
ACTION: OPERATION:
Direct snap; Pilot Output Pressure “snaps on” with tempera- These Thermostats each consist of an Indirect Acting Throttle
ture rise. Base Assembly which is connected to a 3 PS Pilot providing a
Direct Snap Output Signal. The 3 PS Pilot also acts as an ampli-
fier increasing the sensitivity of the Base Assembly.
APPLICATION: Assume the set temperature of the Thermostat is above
the temperature of the system being controlled. As the system
Used to control temperature in indirect and direct heaters,
temperature rises, the STAINLESS TUBE increases in length to
emulsion treaters, reboilers, steam generators, heat exchangers,
move the Thermostat Diaphragm (or Bellows) Assembly in a
cooler shutter controls, and salt bath heaters.
direction to first close the seat at BALL 1 (Violet to Red) and open
the seat at BALL 2 (Red to Atmosphere). As Variable Pressure
(Red) decreases, the 3 PS Pilot Diaphragm Assembly moves
WORKING PRESSURE (sensing element): upward to close the seat at BALL 4 (Yellow to Atmosphere) and
psig kg/cm2 open the seat at BALL 3 (Violet to Yellow). Increasing Pilot
500 35.15 max. without Separable Socket Output Pressure (Yellow) helps move the 3 PS Pilot Diaphragm
4000 281.23 max. with Separable Socket Assembly upward and thereby produces a “snap on” pilot action.
7000 492.15 max. with Special Separable Socket Output Pressure (Yellow) is sent to cause the desired Pilot or
Motor Valve action.
Separable Socket is an extra price item and must be ordered As the system temperature decreases, Variable Pressure
separately, if desired. To order Separable Sockets refer to Table (Red) increases, the Pilot Diaphragm Assembly is forced down-
of Contents. ward to close the seat at Ball 3 (Violet to Yellow) and open the
seat at BALL 4 (Yellow to Atmosphere). Venting of Pilot Output
Pressure (Yellow) permits the Pilot Diaphragm Assembly to
TEMPERATURE RANGE: move downward more rapidly, producing a “snap off” pilot action.
T 12S, T 18S -30°F minimum to 400°F maximum Output Pressure (Yellow) is vented causing the desired Pilot or
-34°C minimum to 204°C maximum Motor Valve action.
HT 12S, HT 18S -30°F minimum to 750°F maximum The 112 SMT is the recommended Motor Valve for this ther-
-34°C minimum to 399°C maximum mostat configuration. Refer to “Burner Valves” in the Table of
Contents for more information.
SUPPLY PRESSURE:
5 to 30 psig
Thermostat Diaphragm Assembly .35 to 2.11 kg/cm2
3PS Pilot Diaphragm Assembly
Variable Pressure RESPONSE RANGE:
Supply Pressure T 12S - 4.5°F, 2.5°C
Pilot Output Pressure T 18S - 3°F, 1.7°C
HT 12S - 3°F, 1.7°C
HT 18S - 2°F, 1.1°C
Thermostat Diaphragm
or Bellows Assembly
1/2” NPT
Stainless Tube
Low Expansion Alloy
Control Knob
2 1
Pilot Diaphragm
3 PS
Snapper Pilot
Pointer 600SS6
Seat 1621
DIMENSIONS
3/8" DIA.
1/2" NPT
1 3/8" 1 3/16"
2 1/4" H/T 12S 4 11/16"
H/T 18S 5 7/16"
ACTION: OPERATION:
Indirect snap; Pilot Output Pressure “snaps off” with tem- This Thermostat consists of a Direct Acting Semi-throttle
perature rise. Base Assembly which is connected to a 3 PS Pilot producing
an Indirect Snap Output Signal. The 3 PS Pilot also acts as an
amplifier increasing the sensitivity of the Base Assembly.
APPLICATION: Assume the set temperature of the Thermostat is above
Used to control temperature in indirect and direct heaters, that of the system being controlled and Pilot Output Pressure
emulsion treaters, reboilers, steam generators, heat exchangers, (Yellow) is being sent to any Pilot or Motor Valve. As the system
cooler shutter controls, and salt bath heaters. temperature rises, the STAINLESS TUBE increases in length
to move the Thermostat Diaphragm Assembly in a direction to
first close the seat at BALL 1 (Orange to Atmosphere) and open
the seat at BALL 2 (Violet to Orange). As Variable Pressure
WORKING PRESSURE (sensing element): (Orange) increases, the 3 PS Pilot Diaphragm Assembly moves
psig kg/cm2 downward to close the seat at BALL 3 (Violet to Yellow) and
500 35.15 max. without Separable Socket open the seat at BALL 4 (Yellow to Atmosphere).
4000 281.23 max. with Separable Socket Venting of Pilot Output Pressure (Yellow) helps move the 3
7000 492.15 max. with Special Separable Socket PS Pilot Diaphragm Assembly downward and thereby produces
a “snap off” action of the pilot to cause the desired Pilot or Motor
Separable Socket is an extra price item and must be ordered Valve action.
separately, if desired. To order Separable Sockets refer to Table As Variable Pressure (Orange) decreases due to decreasing
of Contents. system temperature, the Pilot Diaphragm Assembly is forced
upward to close the seat at BALL 4 (Yellow to Atmosphere)
and open the seat at BALL 3 (Violet to Yellow). Increasing Pilot
TEMPERATURE RANGE: Output Pressure (Yellow) permits the Pilot Diaphragm Assembly
-30°F minimum to 400°F maximum to move upward more rapidly, producing a “snap on” pilot action.
-34°C minimum to 204°C maximum This action allows a Motor Valve to open fully.
SUPPLY PRESSURE:
5 to 30 psig
.35 to 2.11 kg/cm2
Thermostat Diaphragm Assembly
3PS Pilot Diaphragm Assembly
Variable Pressure
Supply Pressure
Pilot Output Pressure
Control Knob
2 1
Pilot Diaphragm
3
Output Pressure
Supply Pressure
3PS Snapper Pilot
* Diaphragm 601
Bonnet 2728 * Upper Plate 597 Breather Plug 147
Spring 108
Drive Screw Screw 693, 4 Req’d.
602, 3 Req’d. Seat 111
Lower Plate 763 *
Plug 112
1743, T-12
Dial 1744, T-18 Base 1627, T-12
1628, T-18
Pointer 600SS6
Seat 1621
O Ring 265 *
Gauge 603 Nipple 648
Tubing 665
Set Screw 264
Screw 573, 6 Req’d.
Cover 577 Diaphragm 582 *
DIMENSIONS
ACTION: OPERATION:
Indirect throttle; Pilot Output Pressure (Yellow) decreases These Thermostats each consist of a Base Assembly send-
with temperature rise. ing an indirect throttle signal to operate a 3 PG Pilot. The 3 PG
Pilot is connected as a throttle pilot and amplifies this signal
increasing the sensitivity of the Base Assembly.
APPLICATION: Assume the set temperature of the Thermostat is above the
temperature of the system being controlled and Output Pressure
For temperature control of indirect heaters, emulsion treat-
(Yellow) is being sent to a Pilot or Motor Valve.
ers, reboilers, steam generators, heat exchangers cooler shutter
As the system temperature rises, the STAINLESS TUBE
controllers, and salt bath heaters.
increases in length to move the Thermostat Diaphragm (or
Bellows) Assembly in a direction to first close the seat at BALL
1 (Violet to Orange) and open the seat at BALL 2 (Orange to
WORKING PRESSURE (sensing element): Atmosphere). As Variable Pressure (Orange) decreases the 3
psig kg/cm2 PG Pilot Diaphragm Assembly moves upward to close the seat
500 35.15 max. without Separable Socket at BALL 4 (Violet to Yellow) and open the seat at BALL 3 (Yellow
4000 281.23 max. with Separable Socket to Atmosphere). Pilot Output Pressure (Yellow) is vented for the
7000 492.15 max. with Special Separable Socket desired Pilot or Motor Valve action.
As the system temperature decreases, the action is reversed
Separable Socket is an extra price item and must be ordered to increase Pilot Output Pressure (Yellow).
separately, if desired. To order Separable Sockets refer to Table Due to the low modulating characteristic of a Motor Valve, the
of Contents. action of this controller will not be a true throttle action but will
have a tendency to over ride the control point. The 112 SMT-T
is the recommended Motor Valve for this thermostat configura-
TEMPERATURE RANGE: tion. Refer to “Burner Valves” in the Table of Contents for mor
T 12T, T 18T -30°F minimum to 400°F maximum information.
-34°C minimum to 204°C maximum The 3 PG Pilot may be used for snap service when connected
HT 12T, HT 18T -30°F minimum to 750°F maximum as a snapper pilot. For snap connection of the 3 PG Pilot refer
-34°C minimum to 399°C maximum to catalog section “Y”.
HT 12T-S, HT 18T-S -30°F minimum to 750°F maximum
-34°C minimum to 399°C maximum
SUPPLY PRESSURE:
5 to 30 psig
.35 to 2.11 kg/cm2
Pilot Diaphragm
3 PG
Throttle Pilot Kimray is an ISO 9001- certified manufacturer.
Current Revision: H:30.1
Change Logo www.kimray.com Issued 1/13
TEMPERATURE CONTROLLERS
INDIRECT THROTTLE THERMOSTAT
DUCTILE IRON or STEEL
Pointer 600SS6
Seat 1621
Nipple 648
O Ring 265, 2 Req’d. *
Tubing 918
Gauge 603
Screw 573, 6 Req’d.
* Diaphragm 582 Cover 577
DIMENSIONS
3/8" DIA.
1/2" NPT
1 3/8" 1 3/16"
2 1/4" H/T 12S 4 11/16"
H/T 18S 5 7/16"
DIMENSIONS
www.kimray.com
TEMPERATURE CONTROLLERS
DIRECT THROTTLE THERMOSTAT
ACTION: OPERATION:
Direct throttle; Pilot Output Pressure (Yellow) increases with These Thermostats consist of Indirect throttle action Base
temperature rise. Assemblies connected to a 3 PGRA which reverses and ampli-
fies the signal to provide direct throttle action.
Assume the set temperature of the Thermostat is above the
APPLICATION: temperature of the system being controlled. Then the seats at
BALLS 1 and 4 are open. The seats at BALL 2 and 3 are closed.
For temperature control in indirect and direct heaters, emul-
As the system temperature rises, the STAINLESS TUBE
sion treaters, reboilers, steam generators, heat exchangers
increases in length, moving the Thermostat Diaphragm (or
cooler shutter controllers, and salt bath heaters.
Bellows) Assembly so as to first close the seat at BALL 1 (Violet
to Red) and open the seat at BALL 2 (Red to Atmosphere). As
the Controlled Variable Pressure (Red) decreases, the PILOT
WORKING PRESSURE (sensing element): SPRING forces the Pilot Diaphragm Assembly downward closing
psig kg/cm2 the seat at BALL 4 (Yellow to Atmosphere) and opening the seat
500 35.15 max. without Separable Socket at BALL 3 (Violet to Yellow). This increases the Pilot Output
4000 281.23 max. with Separable Socket Pressure (Yellow).
7000 492.15 max. with Special Separable Socket As the system temperature decreases the action of the con-
troller is reversed, decreasing the Pilot Output Pressure (Yellow).
Separable Socket is an extra price item and must be ordered Pilot Output Pressure (Yellow) may be connected to any type
separately, if desired. To order Separable Sockets refer to Table of diaphragm controller such as a 3-way motor valve on the heat
of Contents exchanger of a low temperature separation unit.
SUPPLY PRESSURE:
TEMPERATURE RANGE: 5 to 25 psig
T 12DA, T 18TDA -30°F minimum to 400°F maximum .35 to 1.75 kg/cm2
-34°C minimum to 204°C maximum
HT 12TDA, HT 18TDA -30°F minimum to 750°F maximum
-34°C minimum to 399°C maximum RESPONSE RANGE:
T 12TDA - 3 psig/°F, .38 kg/cm2/°C
Thermostat Diaphragm Assembly T 18TDA - 4 psig/°F, .50 kg/cm2/°C
3PS Pilot Diaphragm Assembly HT 12TDA - 5 psig/°F, .63 kg/cm2/°C
Variable Pressure HT 18TDA - 6 psig/°F, .76 kg/cm2/°C
Supply Pressure
Pilot Output Pressure
4
1
3 PG-RA
THROTTLE Pilot
Stainless Tube
Housing 947
Plug 112
Spacer 581
Seat 111
Spool 580
* O Ring 265
Gauge 603
Housing 595 Plug 147
DIMENSIONS
1 7/8" 7 1/8"
3 1/4" H/T 12TDA 11 3/4"
5 15/16"
1/2" NPT
3/8" DIA.
1 3/16"
ACTION: OPERATION:
Direct semi-throttle; Pilot Output Pressure (Yellow) increas- These Thermostats consist of Direct Acting Base Assembly
es with temperature rise. sending a direct semi-throttle signal to a 3 PG Pilot. The 3 PG
Pilot is connected as a throttle pilot and amplifies this signal
increasing the sensitivity of the Base Assembly.
APPLICATION: Assume the set temperature of the Thermostat is above that
of the system. The inlet at BALL 2 (Violet to Orange) is closed
For temperature control in indirect and direct heaters, emul-
and the vent a BALL 1 (Orange to Atmosphere) is open, the vent
sion treaters, reboilers, steam generators, heat exchangers
BALL 3 (Yellow to Atmosphere) is open, and the inlet BALL 4
cooler shutter controllers, and salt bath heaters.
(Violet to Yellow) is closed. Output Pressure (Yellow) is vented
to atmosphere, no signal is sent to a Pilot or Motor Valve.
As the temperature rises in the system, the STAINLESS
WORKING PRESSURE (sensing element): TUBE increases in length to move the Thermostat Diaphragm
psig kg/cm2 Assembly in a direction to first close the seat at BALL 1 (Orange
500 35.15 max. without Separable Socket to Atmosphere) and open the seat at BALL 2 (Violet to Orange)
4000 281.23 max. with Separable Socket As Variable Pressure (Orange) increases, the 3 PG Pilot
7000 492.15 max. with Special Separable Socket Diaphragm Assembly moves downward to close the seat at
BALL 3 (Yellow to Atmosphere) and open the seat at BALL 4
Separable Socket is an extra price item and must be ordered (Violet to Yellow). Output Pressure (Yellow) is sent to cause the
separately, if desired. To order Separable Sockets refer to Table desired Pilot or Motor Valve action.
of Contents. As the temperature in the system lowers, Variable Pressure
(Orange) is vented moving the 3 PG Pilot Diaphragm Assembly
upward to close the seat at BALL 4 (Violet to Yellow) and
TEMPERATURE RANGE: open the vent at BALL 3 (Yellow to Atmosphere). The Output
-30°F minimum to 400°F maximum Pressure (Yellow) is vented.
-34°C minimum to 204°C maximum
SUPPLY PRESSURE:
5 to 30 psig
.35 to 2.11 kg/cm2
DIMENSIONS
ACTION: OPERATION:
Indirect throttle; Pilot Output Pressure (Yellow) decreases These Controllers consist of an Indirect Throttle Action Base
with temperature rise. Assembly operating a 1" Pressure Opening Motor Valve. A Filter
Pop Valve is provided as a relief valve in the event the Upstream
or Supply Pressure (Red) gets to high for the Base Assembly to
APPLICATION: control.
Assume the set temperature of the Thermostat is above the
Used to control temperature in indirect heaters, emulsion
temperature of the system being controlled and the Motor Valve
treaters, reboilers, steam generators, heat exchangers, cooler
is open. When the Motor Valve is open, the Output Pressure
shutter controls, and salt bath heaters.
(Yellow) under the the Motor Valve Diaphragm opposes the
spring.
As the temperature rises in the system, the STAINLESS
WORKING PRESSURE (sensing element): TUBE increases in length to move the Thermostat Diaphragm
psig kg/cm2 (or Bellows) Assembly in a direction to first close the seat at
500 35.15 max. without Separable Socket BALL 1 (Red to Yellow) and open the seat at BALL 2 (Yellow to
4000 281.23 max. with Separable Socket Atmosphere). As the Output Pressure (Yellow) decreases, the
7000 492.15 max. with Special Separable Socket spring on the Motor Valve Stem Assembly moves the inner valve
toward a closed position.
Separable Socket is an extra price item and must be ordered As the temperature decreases, the action is reversed to
separately, if desired. To order Separable Sockets refer to Table increase the Output Pressure (Yellow) and move the inner valve
of Contents. to an open position.
Thermostat Diaphragm
or Bellows Assembly Low Expansion Alloy
Stainless Tube
2 1
1/2” NPT
Control Knob
Motor Valve
Diaphragm 1/4" FPV 3
Filter Pop Valve
1/4" NPT
Pop Exhaust
Motor Valve
1627, 12"
Set Screw 264 Base 1628, 18"
1628L24, 24"
Drive Screw 602, 1628L36, 36"
3 Req’d. Spring 108
Screw 693, 4 Req’d.
*O Ring 265, 2 Req’d. Housing 595
FILTER-POP VALVE 1/4 FPV 3 112 SMT DAB CAST IRON 125 lbs. W.P.
O Ring 155
O Ring 855 Cap 1351
Nipple 648 Spring 721 Breather Plug 147
Spring 566
Bonnet 716
Seat Disc 1353 *Diaphragm 741
Screw 190, 6 Req’d.
Seat 1354 Housing 142
Nut 172 *
Removable Seat 1352
1 3/4"
Stem 1345
* Seat 1347
Removable Seat 1349
Seat Wrench 1349SW
Ratio Plug 1346
Plug 699
ACTION: OPERATION:
Indirect; Pilot Output Pressure (Yellow) decreases with tem- These Thermostats consist of Base Assemblies sending an
perature rise. Indirect Throttle signal to a 3 PGM Pilot. The 3 PGM pilot is
connected so that once the Output Pressure (Yellow) is vented,
it must be manually reset to resume service.
APPLICATION: Assume the set temperature of the Thermostat is above the
For temperature controlled system shutdown until manually temperature of the system being controlled and Pilot Output
reset. Pressure (Yellow) is being sent to any Pilot or Motor Valve.
As the system temperature rises, the STAINLESS TUBE
increases in length to move the Thermostat Diaphragm (or
Bellows) Assembly in a direction to first close the seat at
WORKING PRESSURE (sensing element): BALL 1 (Yellow to Red) and open the seat at BALL 2 (Red to
psig kg/cm2 Atmosphere). As Variable Pressure (Red) decreases, the 3 PGM
500 35.15 max. without Separable Socket Pilot Diaphragm Assembly moves upward to close the seat at
4000 281.23 max. with Separable Socket BALL 4 (Violet to Yellow) and open the seat at Ball 3 (Yellow to
7000 492.15 max. with Special Separable Socket Atmosphere). Output Pressure (Yellow) decreases to cause the
desired Pilot or Motor Valve action.
Separable Socket is an extra price item and must be ordered Once the Output Pressure (Yellow) has been vented, the
separately, if desired. To order Separable Sockets refer to Table Thermostat is shut down until the temperature of the system is
of Contents. below the set temperature and the RESET LEVER is used to
reset the Pilot. If desired the RESET LEVER can also be used
to manually vent Output Pressure (Yellow) and shut-down the
TEMPERATURE RANGE: thermostat.
T 12M, T 18M -30°F minimum to 400°F maximum The 112 SMT-T is the recommended Motor valve for this
-34°C minimum to 204°C maximum thermostat configuration. Refer to “Burner Valves” in Table of
HT 12M, HT 18M -30°F minimum to 750°F maximum Contents for more information.
-34°C minimum to 399°C maximum
SUPPLY PRESSURE:
5 to 30 psig
.35 to 2.11 kg/cm2
RESPONSE RANGE:
T 12M - 3°F, (1.7°C) Above control point
Thermostat Diaphragm Assembly
T 18M - 2°F, (1.1°C) Above control point
HT 12M - 2°F, (1.1°C) Above control point
3PS Pilot Diaphragm Assembly HT 18M - 1.5°F, ( .8°C) Above control point
Variable Pressure
Supply Pressure
Pilot Output Pressure
Thermostat Diaphragm
or Bellows Assembly
1/2” NPT
Stainless Tube
Low Expansion Alloy
Control Knob
2 1
Pilot Diaphragm
3 PGM Pilot
Pointer 600SS6
Seat 1621
Drive Screw
Nipple 648
602, 3 Req’d.
Tubing 5437
Gauge 603
Screw 573, 6 Req’d.
Cover 577
* Diaphragm 582
Diaphragm Plate 579 Bushing 539
Body 587
DIMENSIONS
3/8" DIA.
1/2" NPT
1 3/8"
1 3/16"
2 1/4"
H/T 12S 5 15/16"
H/T 18S 5 7/16"
ACTION: OPERATION:
Direct; Pilot Output Pressure (Yellow) increases with tem- This Thermostat consists of a Direct Action Base Assembly
perature rise. sending a signal to a 3 PGM Pilot. The 3 PGM Pilot is connected
so that once the Output Pressure (Yellow) is vented, it must be
manually reset to resume service.
APPLICATION: Assume the set temperature of the Thermostat is below that
of the system. The vents at BALL 1 (Orange to Atmosphere) and
For temperature controlled system shutdown until manually
BALL 3 (Yellow to Atmosphere) are closed. The Inlets at BALL
reset.
2 (Yellow to Orange) and BALL 4 (Violet to Yellow) are open.
Output Pressure (Yellow) is being sent to any Pilot or Motor
Valve.
WORKING PRESSURE (sensing element): As the temperature decreases in the system, the STAINLESS
psig kg/cm2 TUBE decreases in length to move the Thermostat Diaphragm
500 35.15 max. without Separable Socket Assembly in a direction to first close the seat at BALL 2
4000 281.23 max. with Separable Socket (Yellow to Orange) and open the seat at BALL 1 (Orange to
7000 492.15 max. with Special Separable Socket Atmosphere). Venting Variable Pressure (Orange) moves the 3
PG Pilot Diaphragm Assembly upward to close the seat at BALL
Separable Socket is an extra price item and must be ordered 4 (Violet to Yellow) and open the seat at BALL 3 (Yellow to
separately, if desired. To order Separable Sockets refer to Table Atmosphere). Output Pressure (Yellow) decreases to cause the
of Contents. desired Pilot or Motor Valve action.
Once the Output Pressure (Yellow) has been vented the
Thermostat is shut-down until the temperature of the system is
TEMPERATURE RANGE: above the set temperature and the RESET LEVER is used to
-30°F minimum to 400°F maximum reset the Pilot. If desired the RESET LEVER can also be used
-34°C minimum to 204°C maximum to manually vent Output Pressure (Yellow) and shut-down the
thermostat.
SUPPLY PRESSURE:
5 to 30 psig
.35 to 2.11 kg/cm2
DIMENSIONS
ACTION: OPERATION:
Direct action; Pilot Output Pressure (Yellow) increases with This Thermostat consists of a STAINLESS TUBE for monitor-
temperature rise. As long as the temperature is above the set ing the pilot flame, which is connected by a Low Expansion Alloy
point, the output will remain at supply pressure. If the pilot flame Rod to a BELLOWS ASSEMBLY. The changes in the length of
goes out, the pressure decreases and drops to zero. the STAINLESS TUBE operate a PILOT PLUG seat. The PILOT
PLUG consists of two stainless balls rigidly connected together.
APPLICATIONS: The seat at BALL 1 is the Output Pressure vent (Yellow to
Atmosphere). The seat at BALL 2 is the Supply Pressure inlet
Used as a Pilot safety shutdown or as a high stack tempera-
(Violet to Yellow).
ture shutdown.
Assume the set point on the HT 12PG is above the tempera-
ture of the system. The vent at BALL 1 is open and the inlet
TEMPERATURE RANGE: at BALL 2 is closed. Output Pressure (Yellow) is at 0 psig or
-30°F minimum to 2100°F maximum vented.
-34°C minimum to 1149°C maximum As the temperature rises in the system, the STAINLESS
TUBE or outer tube increases in length to move the Thermostat
SUPPLY PRESSURE: Bellows Assembly in a direction to first close the seat at BALL
5 psig minimum to 30 psig maximum. 1 (Yellow to Atmosphere) and open the seat at Ball 2 (Violet to
Yellow). Output Pressure (Yellow) increases, opening a safety
valve which was blocking gas supply for the burner and pilot light
system.
DIMENSIONS
www.kimray.com
TEMPERATURE CONTROLLERS
GAS CAPACITY CHARTS
3 PG CAPACITY CHART
Gas capacities are based on pressure taken immediately at left of chart. Follow horizontally across to PRESSURE DROP
upstream and downstream from the regulator in a wide open (upstream minus downstream pressure). Read VOLUME directly
position. below. If the horizontal projection of the upstream pressure does
Critical flow exists across the orifice of the valve when the not intersect the given pressure drop, flow is critical. In this case
downstream absolute pressure is approximately half of the project UPSTREAM PRESSURE horizontally to the MAXIMUM
upstream absolute pressure. Any decrease in downstream CAPACITY LINE and read VOLUME directly below.
pressure will not increase the flow through the valve. Critical
flow conditions on the charts are represented by the MAXIMUM
*For gravity correction multiply above capacities by .65
CAPACITY LINE. G
HOW TO USE CHARTS: Locate UPSTREAM PRESSURE :where G equals specific gravity of gas.
SECTION
ACCESSORIES
www.kimray.com
NOTE: We reserve the right to modify or change, without prior
notice, any statement or information contained herein. If exact dimen-
sions or specifications are required by the customer
certified prints will be furnished for a minimum charge upon request
to KIMRAY, Inc.
® Copyright 1992, KIMRAY, Inc.
www.kimray.com
PILOTS AND ACCESSORIES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SIGNAL PILOTS
Kimray signal pilots enhance a pneumatic or mechanical FLOATLESS LIQUID LEVEL CONTROLLER__190.1
signal providing a reversed, multiplied, volume boosted or on-off Controls 0 to 30 feet of water in vessels up to 125 psig. supply
signal pressure to operate motor valves, burners or dump valves. a signal to open or close a diaphragm operated motor valve.
SNAP__________________________________ 10.1 PRESSURE REDUCING TO ATMOSPHERE______195.1
Change and reverse a varying pneumatic signal to an On-Off Regulate .5 oz. to 20 psig from a greater upstream pressure,
signal of the same or higher pressure. 3 PS 125 psig. 12 PG OPRA
THROTTLE_____________________________ 20.1
Multiply and volume boost a pneumatic signal.
3 PG and 3 PGA ACCESSORIES
MANUAL RESET________________________ 40.1 FILTERS_________________________________200.1
Output is blocked and downstream vented when monitored Removes particulates from the gas line, 300 psig. F 30
pressure goes to zero. 3 PM
FILTER POP VALVES______________________210.1
MANUAL RELAY_________________________ 50.1 Provides a small pressure relief at 30 psig. FPV 3
Manual control pilot that blocks and bleeds output pressure
when released. 3 PGMR DRIP POTS_______________________________220.1
Collects condensation for removal from pressure lines, 0-4000
THROTTLE REVERSE____________________ 60.1 psig. DP 30/200/400
Reverse and multiply varying pneumatic signal. 3 PGRA
CHECK VALVES__________________________230.1
THROTTLE PRESSURESTAT______________ 70.1 An in line check valve to prevent reverse flow, 1500 psig.
Reverse and multiply varying pneumatic signal with adjustable CV 15
output pressure. 3 PGP
SUPPLY GAS REGULATORS_______________240.1
BISTABLE______________________________ 80.1 Gas pressure reducing instrument regulators, 4000 psig.
Two temporary pneumatic signals operate pilot. One to turn
output on, one to turn output off. 3 PGB PNEUMATIC SOLENOID___________________250.1
For electrical control of a pneumatic pressure used to open and
RELAY_________________________________ 90.1 close a motor valve.
Used to switch 0 to 300 psig signal with 20 to 30 psig signal.
30 PGR MAGNELATCH SOLENOID_________________260.1
Used to operate a valve by using an electrical current pulse of
MECHANICAL__________________________ 100.1 0.02 milliseconds duration.
Mechanically operated signal pilot. 3 PM
AIR MOTOR______________________________270.1
PRIORITY SIGNAL RELAY_______________ 110.1 Provides mechanical movement from pneumatic pressure, 125
By-pass a normal pneumatic signal with a higher priority signal. psig. 455/-AL
4 POR
COMPANION FLANGE SETS_______________280.1
Provides installation of flanged valves in a threaded piping
system, 125 psig.
CONTROL PILOTS
SENSE LINE PROTECTOR_________________290.1
Kimray control pilots operate motor valves in pneumatic systems
An adjustable, self-resetting, pressure limiting device to protect
of up to 1500 psig working pressure. In each Kimray control
pilot an upstream or downstream pressure is used to operate a instrumentation from over pressurization.
remotely installed motor valve. The Kimray design incorporates a
variety of standard and custom configurations applicable to most
control systems.
PRESSURE REDUCING_____________________150.1
Supply a set downstream pressure from a greater upstream
pressure, 0-1500 psig. 12/30 PG PR and 30 HPG PR-D, 50
PG and 150 PG.
PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL_________________170.1
Maintain a constant pressure differential between upstream
and downstream pressures, 0-300 psig. 12/30 PG PD and
100/200/400 PDC.
AFLAS ®
is a trade mark of Asahi Glass Co TEFLON (T)
TEMPERATURE: TEMPERATURE:
+30° to +500° F -40° to +400° F
0° to +260° C -20° to +204° C
APPLICATION: APPLICATION:
Crude Oil & Gas Production (High heat), Steam Chemically Inert Elastomer Best in static Do not use at
Flood Production Chemicals (corrosion inhibitors) Amine low temps
Sweetener Systems, Gasoline, Diesel, Fuel Oil Systems
FLUID / GAS:
FLUID / GAS: Almost All Chemicals
Crude Oil & Gas Production, H2S, Steam, Petroleum
fluids, Sea Water
VITON ®
is a trade mark of Dupont
APPLICATIONS: OPERATION:
Any system in which it is desired to change and reverse a Assume Variable Pressure (Orange) is at a minimum and
varying pneumatic signal to an Output signal of the same or the Diaphragm Assembly in an up position. An increase in
higher pressure (up to 4:1). Variable Pressure (Orange) on the MAIN DIAPHRAGM sufficient
to overcome load of the BOOSTER SPRING plus the force of
FEATURES: Supply Gas Pressure (Violet) on the full area of the SNAPPER
DIAPHRAGM, the Diaphragm Assembly starts to move down.
Pneumatic snap action
The upper seat, which is the Supply Gas inlet (Violet to Yellow),
No dead center
closes first. The PILOT PLUG SPRING holds the upper ball
Reverse Action
against its seat while a further downward movement opens the
lower seat which is the pressure vent (Yellow to Atmosphere).
SUPPLY PRESSURE: Decreasing Output Pressure (Yellow) accelerates the downward
5 to 30 psig movement of the Diaphragm Assembly to produce a sudden
opening of the pressure vent.
VARIABLE PRESSURE (input signal): In order to reverse the above action, Variable Pressure
0 - 10 psig minimum (Orange) must be reduced so that the downward force on
0 - 30 psig maximum the MAIN DIAPHRAGM is less than the upward force on the
BOOSTER SPRING plus Supply Gas Pressure (Violet) acting
on the difference in areas of the SNAPPER and DIFFERENTIAL
VARIABLE PRESSURE SNAPPING RANGE: DIAPHRAGMS. With upward movement of the Diaphragm
Depends on Supply Pressure Assembly the pressure vent (Yellow to Atmosphere) closes
Approximately 2 - 7 psig at 30 psig first. The PILOT PLUG SPRING holds the lower ball against
its seat while a further upward movement of the Diaphragm
OUTPUT PRESSURE: Assembly opens the Supply Gas Pressure inlet (Violet to
0 psig or Supply Pressure Yellow). As Output Pressure (Yellow) increases pressure
across the DIFFERENTIAL DIAPHRAGM is reduced, loading
the Diaphragm Assembly in an up direction. The accelerated
upward movement of the Diaphragm Assembly produces a sud-
den opening of the Supply Gas Pressure inlet (Violet to Yellow).
Diaphragm Assembly
Supply Pressure
Variable Pressure
Output Pressure
Main Diaphragm
Snapper Diaphragm
Differential
Diaphragm
Booster Spring
Pilot Plug
Pilot Plug
Spring
2 3/4"
Plug 699
Breather Plug 147
PILOTS AVAILABLE:
CAT. MAX OPER. For steel and stainless steel, see 3 PG, this section.
NO. PILOT W.P. PRES. KIT
All openings are tapped 1/4" N.P.T.
YAG 3 PS 30 30 RMA
*These parts are recommended spare parts and are stocked as
repair kits.
RESPONSE GRAPH
APPLICATION: OPERATION:
Any system where a 3 Way Valve is to be monitored and Assume that the 3 Way Valve to be monitored is “ON.” When
system supply is to be vented if a preset limit is exceeded. Supply Pressure (Violet) is connected, Ball 2 of the PILOT PLUG
is against the lower seat and prevents Supply Pressure (Violet)
FEATURES: from reaching the Output (Yellow).
The Diaphragm Assembly is held in a UP position by the
Intermittent bleed pilot 3 Way Valving
BOOSTER SPRING. The upper seat and Ball 1 of the PILOT
Manual reset
PLUG are separated allowing the Output Pressure (Yellow)
Provides “tattle-tell” signal when preset limit is exceeded
to be vented. When the Reset Lever is manually raised, the
Rapid venting action
upper seat is closed and the lower seat is opened allowing
Direct acting
the Output Pressure (Yellow) to increase. This increase is
transferred to the MAIN DIAPHRAGM through the 3 Way Valve
SUPPLY PRESSURE: and holds the Diaphragm Assembly down allowing the Output
5 to 30 psig Pressure (Yellow) to equalize with the Supply Pressure (Violet).
The 3 PGM is now “LOCKED ” on and the Output Pressure
OUTPUT PRESSURE: (Yellow) equals the Supply Pressure (Violet). If the Output
0 psig or Supply Pressure Pressure (Yellow) is interrupted by the 3 Way Valve and the
Main Diaphragm Pressure (Orange) is vented through the 3
Way Valve, the Diaphragm Assembly will be pushed up by the
BOOSTER SPRING and the Output Pressure (Yellow) is vented
through the upper seat of the 3 PGM. The 3 Way Valve must be
reset to “ON ” and then the Reset Lever of the 3 PGM must be
manually raised to resume operation.
APPLICATION: OPERATION:
Manually sends a control signal to open or close a valve Manually depressing the PALM BUTTON causes the
using a palm button. Supply is blocked and control signal bled DIAPHRAGM PLATE and SEAT ASSEMBLY to close the upper
to vent when released. seat with Ball 1 of the PILOT PLUG. This blocks the vent, further
movement opens the lower seat at Ball 2 of the PILOT PLUG and
FEATURES: communicates Supply Pressure to the Output. Releasing the
PALM BUTTON reverses the action and allows the PILOT PLUG
Direct acting
SPRING to close the lower seat with Ball 2 removing the Supply
Mounting bolts for bracket mounting
Pressure from the Output. The BOOSTER SPRING then opens
Controls a relatively high pressure (300 psig) with minimal
the seat at Ball 1, bleeding the Output Pressure through the vent.
manual effort.
SUPPLY PRESSURE:
0 to 30 psig
OUTPUT PRESSURE:
0 psig or Supply Pressure
DIMENSIONS
APPLICATION: OPERATION:
Any system in which it is desired to reverse and multiply a The PILOT SPRING loads the upper side of the Diaphragm
varying pneumatic signal. Assembly and is opposed by the Variable Pressure (Orange) act-
ing under the PILOT DIAPHRAGM and by the Output Pressure
FEATURES: (Yellow).
Assume the PILOT SPRING is compressed with the
Intermittent bleed pilot
ADJUSTING SCREW set for a desired Variable Pressure
Reverse acting
(Orange). With the Variable Pressure (Orange) to low, the
Throttle action
PILOT SPRING holds the Diaphragm Assembly down, closing
Adjustable Steam Pressure
the upper seat at Ball 1 (Yellow to Atmosphere) and opening
the lower seat at Ball 2 (Violet to Yellow). As the Variable
SUPPLY PRESSURE: Pressure (Orange) increases to the set pressure, the Diaphragm
5 to 30 psig Assembly moves upward against the PILOT SPRING to first
close the lower seat at Ball 2 (Violet to Yellow) and then open the
OUTPUT PRESSURE: upper seat at Ball 1 (Yellow to Atmosphere). In this position the
0 to 20 psig Supply Pressure (Violet) inlet is closed and the Output Pressure
Adjustable Steam Pressure (Yellow) is vented to atmosphere.
PILOT SPRING #86 is furnished as standard. A heavier
spring (Part #692) can be furnished on special order, to raise the
VARIABLE PRESSURE (input signal): Variable Pressure (Orange) from 12 psig to 30 psig.
0 to 12 psig
30 psig maximum
PRESSURE RATIO:
(Orange to Yellow)
1.5:1
APPLICATION: OPERATION:
Direct firing of small steam generators by controlling flow of The PILOT SPRING loads the upper side of the Diaphragm
gas through the pilot to the burner. Approximate capacity of pilot Assembly and is opposed on the under side by the Steam
is 360 SCFH with 15 psig supply pressure. Pressure (Orange) and the Output Pressure (Yellow).
Pressure control of larger steam generators by regulating Assume the PILOT SPRING is compressed with the
flow of gas through a motor valve. Motor valves are shown and ADJUSTING SCREW set for a desired Steam Pressure (Orange).
described in Sections E-2 and E-3. With the Steam Pressure (Orange) too low, the PILOT SPRING
holds the Diaphragm Assembly down, closing the upper seat at
FEATURES: Ball 1 (Yellow to Atmosphere) and opening the lower seat at Ball
2 (Violet to Yellow). As the Steam Pressure (Orange) increases
Intermittent bleed pilot
to the set pressure, the Diaphragm Assembly moves upward
Reverse acting
against the PILOT SPRING to first close the lower seat at Ball 2
Throttle action
(Violet to Yellow) and then open the upper seat at Ball 1 (Yellow
Adjustable Steam Pressure
to Atmosphere).
The 3 PGP PRESSURESTAT may be used to fire small
SUPPLY PRESSURE: steam generators directly by connecting the Output Pressure
5 to 30 psig (Yellow) to the burner. For larger units the Output Pressure
(Yellow) can be used to operate a diaphragm motor valve
OUTPUT PRESSURE: installed in the burner manifold piping. See Sections E-2 and E-3
0 to 20 psig for applicable motor valves.
Adjustable Steam Pressure
STEAM PRESSURE:
15 psig maximum
STEAM TEMPERATURE:
250° F maximum
APPLICATION: OPERATION:
Any system where two temporay pressure signals are avail- Assume that when the Supply Pressure (Violet) is applied,
able. One sighal to turn “ON” the pilot and one signal to turn the upper seat Ball 1 is closed and the lower seat Ball 2 is
“OFF” the pilot. opened.
Output Pressure (Yellow) is vented to atmosphere. Since
FEATURES: Diaphragm 2 is larger than Diaphragm 1, the Diaphragm
Assembly is held down and the Ouput Pressure (Yellow)
Bistable operation
remains vented to atmosphere. When an “ON” signal (Green) is
Temporary signal will turn “ON” or “OFF”
applied to the Main Diaphragm, the Diaphragm Assembly is forced
Intermittent bleed pilot
upward, closing the lower seat and opening the upper seat. When
Semi-snap action
the Supply Pressure (Violet) equalizes with the Ouput Pressure
(Yellow), the Supply Pressure on Diaphragm 1 then holds the
SUPPLY PRESSURE: Diaphragm Assembly in the up position and the “ON” signal (Green)
20 to 30 psig can be removed. When an “OFF” signal (Red) is applied to the Main
Diaphragm, the Diaphragm Assembly is forced downward, closing
OUTPUT PRESSURE: the upper seat and opening the lower seat. This vents the Output
0 psig or Supply Pressure Pressure (Yellow to Atmosphere). The “OFF” signal (Red) can now
be removed and the pilot will remain in the “OFF” position. IF the 3
PGB is “ON” when the Supply Pressure (Violet) is applied, an “OFF”
ON/OFF SIGNAL: signal applied to the Main Diaphragm will turn the 3 PGB “OFF.”
20 to 30 psig
Diaphragm Assembly
Supply Pressure
On Signal
Off Signal
Output Pressure
Main Diaphragm
Diaphragm 1
Diaphragm 2
Pilot Plug
Plug 699
Body 2615
APPLICATION: OPERATION:
Any system where a 0 to 300 psig signal must be switched With the Variable Pressure (Orange) on the Main Diaphragm
using a 20 to 30 psig signal. at a minimum, the Booster Spring lifts the Diaphragm Plate
and Seat Assembly closing the lower seat Ball 2 and opening
the upper seat Ball 1, venting the Output Pressure (Yellow to
FEATURES: Atmosphere).With an increase in Variable Pressure (Orange)
sufficient to overcome the Booster Spring, the Diaphragm Plate
Intermittent bleed pilot 3 Way Valving
and Seat Assembly will be moved downward and the upper seat
Up to 300 psig supply
will be closed. As the Variable Pressure (Orange) continues to
20 to 30 psig ON/OFF signal
increase, the lower seat will be opened communicating Supply
Direct acting
Pressure (Violet) to Output Pressure (Yellow). When the Variable
Pressure (Orange) is decreased to a minimum, the Booster
spring will raise the Diaphragm Plate and Seat Assembly, clos-
SUPPLY PRESSURE: ing the lower seat (Violet to Yellow) and opening the upper seat
0 to 300 psig (Yellow to Atmosphere), reducing the Output Pressure (Yellow to
Atmospheric Pressure).
OUTPUT PRESSURE:
0 psig or Supply Pressure
VARIABLE PRESSURE:
20 to 30 psig
30 PGR-S
STEEL.
APPLICATIONS: OPERATION:
On oil and gas separators, water knockouts and similar Assume the Diaphragm Assembly is held in an up position
equipment where motor valves are required. by an outside float arm connected to the pilot LEVER with a
Where a pneumatic signal is desired from mechanical turnbuckle. Such an arrangement is shown in the
movements such as a float. 3 PM installation photograph, lower right-hand corner. The
BOOSTER SPRING together with Supply Pressure (Violet), acting
on the difference in areas of the SNAPPER and DIFFERENTIAL
DIAPHRAGMS, forces the Diaphragm Assembly against the
LEVER. With a downward movement of the LEVER the upper
FEATURES: seat, which is the pressure vent (Yellow to Atmosphere), closes
Direct float operated first. The PILOT PLUG SPRING holds the upper ball against its
Snap or throttle action seat while a further downward movement of the LEVER opens
Field reversible the Supply Pressure inlet (Violet to Yellow). As Output Pressure
Controls any motor valve requiring up to 30 psig diaphragm (Yellow) increases, pressure across the DIFFERENTIAL
pressure. DIAPHRAGM is reduced, loading the DIAPHRAGM ASSEMBLY
in a down direction. The accelerated downward movement of the
DIAPHRAGM ASSEMBLY produces a sudden opening of the
Supply Pressure inlet (Violet to Yellow).
SUPPLY PRESSURE: In order to reverse the above action, the upward force of the
5 to 30 psig LEVER on the Diaphragm Assembly must be greater than the
force of the BOOSTER SPRING plus Supply Pressure (Violet)
acting on the full area of the SNAPPER DIAPHRAGM. As the
Diaphragm Assembly moves up, the Supply Pressure inlet is
closed first. The PILOT PLUG SPRING holds the lower ball
against its seat while a further upward movement of the LEVER
opens the pressure vent (Yellow to Atmosphere). Decreasing
Output Pressure (Yellow) accelerates the upward movement of
the Diaphragm Assembly to produce a sudden opening of the
pressure vent. The sudden changes in Output Pressure (Yellow)
caused by movements of the LEVER, snap actuates any motor
valve to which it is connected.
For throttling Service, connect Supply Pressure (Violet) to
opening marked “THROT” on the pilot body. This will require
changing the pivot on the LEVER or reversing the motor valve
action. The supply gas connection for snap service becomes the
exhaust for throttling service.
INSTALLATION
APPLICATIONS: OPERATION:
Shut-in relay Assume there is no pressure at Port 2 (see diagram 1). The
Remote shut-in relay BALLAST SPRING will raise the DIAPHRAGM ASSEMBLY, lift-
Signal priority sensor ing Ball 1 and opening the LOWER VALVE. The LOAD SPRING
Automatic shut-down relay will cause Ball 2 to close the UPPER VALVE. The Normal Signal
Signal interruption (Yellow) at Port 3 will be the pressure at Port 1. The pressure at
Port 1 can be a constant pressure or a variable pressure.
SPECIFICATIONS: When pressure is applied at Port 2 (See diagram 2), the
DIAPHRAGM ASSEMBLY moves downward. This causes Ball 1
Connections - 1/4" N.P.T.
to close the LOWER VALVE. As the DIAPHRAGM ASSEMBLY
Max. Body design pressure - 300 psig
continues to move down, it compresses the LOAD SPRING and
Max. Inlet pressure Port 1 - 40 psig
unseats Ball 2 in the UPPER VALVE. This allows the Priority
Max. Inlet pressure Port 2 - 40 psig
Signal (Violet) from Port 2 to be transmitted to Port 3, the Priority
Max. Operating temperature - 150°F.
Signal (Violet) at Port 2 should be a pressure of 20 to 40 psig.
Pressure required at Port 2 to override the pressure at
When the Priority Signal (Violet) at Port 2 is reduced below 1
Port 1 20 psig or 70% of the pressure at Port 1
psig the relay will reset to the original position with Port 1 com-
(whichever is greater).
municated to Port 2.
MATERIALS:
Body - Anodized aluminum
Springs - Steel, (Zinc plated)
Diaphragms - Buna-N
Valve Element - 316 S.S.
Valve Seats - 303 S.S.
(Other material available on request)
PILOT DIMENSIONS
FEATURES: APPLICATION:
Single Adjusting Screw Pilot may be installed as Back Pressure Regulator with a
Accurate control Pressure Closing Motor Valve.
Proportional control Pilot may be used as a pressure monitor that provides an out-
Intermittent bleed pilot construction put signal when the sense pressure falls below the set pressure,
Indirect or Direct Action or when the signal goes above the set pressure.
Remote Installation Pilot may be used as a Pressure Reducing Regulator with a
2500 psig operating pressure Pressure Opening Motor Valve.
Spring
250 PG Spring
Diaphragm Assembly
Supply Housing
Pilot Plug
Bellows Stem
Bellows
6435 50 PG
Adjusting Screw 4446 75/150 PG Bonnet 4450
4446SS6
2377 4444
Nut Upper Spring Plate
2377SS6 444SS6
Spring 4448
Washer 4491
4443
Lower Spring Plate
4443SS6
Diaphragm Spacer 4442SS6
4433
Diaphragm Nut
265 4433SS6
* O Ring
265V
4436 *
Diaphragm
4436V
113
* Seat
113SS6
4441
Diaphragm Plate
4441SS6
4451
Supply Body
4451SS6
4440
Seat Housing
4440SS6
108
* Spring
108HAC
Breather Plug 147
4435
Stem
4435SS6
Pilot Plug 112 *
4447
* Diaphragm
4447V 265 *
O Ring
265V
4434
Diaphragm Plate 111 *
4434SS6 Seat
111SS6
4431
Lower Housing 802 *
4431SS6 O Ring
802V
4432 1357
Diaphragm Spacer Breather Plug
4432SS6 1357SS6
4433 6436 50 PG
Diaphragm Nut Main Body 4429 75/150 PG
4433SS6
4429SS6
265 *
Mounting Bracket 4428 O Ring
265V
PILOT
DIMENSIONS
PILOTS AVAILABLE:
CAT. MAX OPER.
NO. PILOT W.P. PRES. KIT
AFZ4 50 PG I.A.a 500 500 RBQ
AFZ5 50 PG D.A.b 500 500 RBQ
AFZ2 75 PG I.A.a 750 750 RBQ
AFZ2SS6 75 PG I.A.a SS6 750 750 RBQ-V
AFZ3 75 PG D.A.b 750 750 RBQ
AFZ 150 PG I.A.a 1500 1500 RBQ
AFZSS6 150 PG I.A.a SS6 1500 1500 RBQ-V
AFZ1 150 PG D.A.b 1500 1500 RBQ
AFZ1-SS6 150 PG D.A. SS6 1500
b
1500 RBQ-V
AFZ6 250 PG D.A.b 2500 2500 RBQ
AFZ7 250 PG I.A.a 2500 2500 RBQ
a
Indirect Action
b
Direct Action
*These are recommended spare parts and are stocked as
repair kits. Kimray is an ISO 9001- certified manufacturer.
Y:140.2 Current Revision:
Issued 1/13 www.kimray.com Change Logo
PILOTS AND ACCESSORIES
PRESSURE PILOTS
APPLICATION: OPERATION:
Pilot may be installed remotely from the motor valve (see The Pilot Assembly, which moves as a unit without friction
Motor Valves shown in Sections E1 and E2). This pilot is used in within the housing, is supported by the PILOT DIAPHRAGM and
the regulation of inlet pressure to gas compressors, the control of the MODULATING DIAPHRAGM. The PILOT SPRING loads
supply pressure, or distribution system pressure. It may be used the upper side of the Pilot Assembly and is opposed on the
to produce a pneumatic output signal when the monitored pres- underside by Controlled Pressure (Blue) acting on the net area
sure falls below the set pressure. The pneumatic signal source of the PILOT and MODULATING DIAPHRAGMS (area of PILOT
is isolated from the monitored pressure. DIAPHRAGM minus area of MODULATING DIAPHRAGM).
The 12/30 PG Pilot can be considered as an inverse multi-
FEATURES: plier. Each 1 psig change in Controlled Pressure (Blue) results
in a change in Output Pressure (Yellow) of 8 psig. A ratio of 8:1.
Single Adjustment
With a slight decrease in Controlled Pressure (Blue) the
Filtered gas supply
Pilot Assembly is forced downward by the PILOT SPRING.
Accurate control
The upper seat for the PILOT PLUG (Yellow to Atmosphere) is
Intermittent bleed pilot construction
closed and the lower seat for the PILOT PLUG (Red to Yellow)
Remote installation
is opened. This results in an increased Output Pressure (Yellow)
under the MODULATING DIAPHRAGM which balances the lost
SUPPLY PRESSURE: upward force due to the slight decrease of Controlled Pressure
Equal to or not less than 60% of maximum upstream pres- (Blue). The Pilot Assembly returns to a position at which both the
sure when used to operate low pressure motor valves (shown in upper and lower seats are closed. A slight increase in Controlled
Section E2). Pressure (Blue) opens the upper seat and closes the lower seat
20 to 30 psig when used to operate high pressure motor to reduce the Output Pressure (Yellow).
valves (shown in Section E1).
PRESSURE RANGE:
5 psig to 300 psig.
12 PG 30 PG-D
CAST IRON DUCTILE
30 PG-S PILOT
STEEL DIMENSIONS
APPLICATION: OPERATION:
The 30 HPG-D is used to produce a pneumatic output signal The 30 HPG-D consists of a PILOT DIAPHRAGM ASSEMBLY
when the monitored pressure falls below the set pressure. The which moves without friction within a housing, to operate a 3
pneumatic source is isolated from the monitored pressure by a way PILOT PLUG. PILOT DIAPHRAGM ASSEMBLY is sup-
vent chamber which allows the monitored pressure to vent away ported by the PILOT DIAPHRAGM and the MODULATING
if it reaches a high enough pressure to cause diaphragm failure. DIAPHRAGM. The PILOT SPRING loads the upper side of
The control pilot may be remotely installed to operate a motor the PILOT DIAPHRAGM ASSEMBLY and is opposed on the
valve and function as a pressure reducing regulator. underside by Controlled Pressure (Blue) acting on the net area
The best application of this pilot is for instrument protection of the PILOT and MODULATING DIAPHRAGMS (area of PILOT
where the monitored pressure may surge above the rated pres- DIAPHRAGM minus area of MODULATING DIAPHRAGM).
sure of the pilot. The 30 HPG-D can be considered as an inverse multiplier.
Each 1 psig change in Controlled Pressure (Blue) results in a
FEATURES: change in Output Pressure (Yellow) of 8 psig. A ratio of 8:1.
Assume that the Controlled Pressure (Blue) is at the set
Single Adjustment
point. With a decrease in Controlled Pressure (Blue) the PILOT
Filtered gas supply
DIAPHRAGM ASSEMBLY is forced downward by the PILOT
Accurate control
SPRING. The upper seat for the PILOT PLUG (Yellow to
Intermittent bleed pilot construction
Atmosphere) is closed and the lower seat for the PILOT PLUG
Remote installation
(Violet to Yellow) is opened. This results in increased Output
Pressure (Yellow) under the MODULATING DIAPHRAGM which
SUPPLY PRESSURE: balances the lost upward force due to the slight decrease
Equal to or not less than 60% of maximum upstream pres- of Controlled Pressure (Blue). The PILOT DIAPHRAGM
sure when used to operate low pressure motor valves (shown in ASSEMBLY returns to a position at which both the upper and
Section E2). lower seats are closed.
20 to 30 psig when used to operate high pressure motor A slight increase in Controlled Pressure (Blue) opens the
valves (shown in Section E1). upper seat and closes the lower seat to reduce the Output
Pressure (Yellow).
PRESSURE RANGE:
5 psig to 300 psig
Pilot Spring
Pilot Diaphragm
Pilot Plug
Modulating Diaphragm
Spring 108 *
* Gasket 118
Base 2607
PILOT DIMENSIONS
8-1/4"
8-5/8"
4-3/4"Ø
7-11/16"
9-1/4"
APPLICATIONS: OPERATION:
Pilot may be installed remotely from the motor valve (see The Pilot Assembly, which moves as a unit without friction
Motor Valves shown in Sections E1 and E2). This pilot is used within the housing, is supported by the PILOT DIAPHRAGM
for maintaining a constant pressure drop across meter systems and the MODULATING DIAPHRAGM. The PILOT SPRING and
or to produce a pneumatic output signal when the differential Downstream Pressure (Blue) loads the upper side of the Pilot
pressure of a system falls below the set differential pressure. Assembly and is opposed on the underside by the Upstream
(see Motor Valves shown in Section B) Pressure (Red) acting on the PILOT and MODULATING
DIAPHRAGMS (Area of PILOT DIAPHRAGM minus area of
FEATURES: MODULATING DIAPHRAGM).
The 12 PG PD Pilot can be considered as an inverse mul-
Single Adjustment
tiplier. Each 1 psig change in Differential pressure, Upstream
Filtered gas supply
Pressure (Red) minus Downstream Pressure (Blue),results in
Accurate control
a change in Output Pressure (Yellow) of 12 psig. The 30 PG
Intermittent bleed pilot construction
PD-D/-S Pilot changes at a rate of 8:1.
Remote installation
With a slight decrease in Upstream Pressure (Red) or a slight
increase in Downstream Pressure (Blue) the PILOT ASSEMBLY
SUPPLY PRESSURE: is forced downward by the PILOT SPRING. The lower seat for
0-300 psig, (60% or more of upstream pressure recom- the PILOT PLUG (Yellow to Atmosphere) is closed and the
mended for operating motor valves.) upper seat for the PILOT PLUG (Red to Yellow) is opened.
This results in an increased Output Pressure (Yellow) under the
PRESSURE RANGE: MODULATING DIAPHRAGM which opposes the change. The
5 psig to 125 psig PILOT ASSEMBLY returns to a position at which both the upper
10 psig to 300 psig and lower seats are closed when the Differential Pressure is
re-established. A slight increase in Upstream Pressure (Red) or
slight decrease in Downstream Pressure (Blue) closes the upper
seat and opens the lower seat to reduce the Output Pressure
(Yellow).
12 PG PD 30 PG PD-D
CAST IRON DUCTILE
30 PG PD-S PILOT
STEEL DIMENSIONS
APPLICATIONS: OPERATION:
The “PDC” Series Pressure Differential Controller connects A typical system installation of the PDC Pilot consists of a
across the orifice plate of a meter run to maintain a constant sta- PDC Pilot mounted so that the pressure differential across an
ble pressure differential across the meter run. This relates to a orifice plate is applied across the diaphragm. The output sig-
constant flow rate when the upstream pressure is constant. This nal from the PDC Pilot operates a diaphragm control valve to
pilot adjusts the flow rate to maintain the pressure differential by maintain the desired pressure differential across the orifice plate
positioning a pressure opening motor valve that has character- (Two stage, filtered, regulation of instrument gas with drip pot or
ized equal percentage valve trim for precise flow control. equivalent is recommended).
Precise gas flow rate for gas lift. Assume the control valve is open, and the pressure dif-
Pressure differential control across orifice plates for better ferential is rising. The Upstream Pressure is opposed by the
charts and measurement of gas flow. Downstream Pressure plus an adjustable spring load. As the
Stabilizes gas flow for better well production. pressure differential increases to the set point, there is an
Pressure differential limiting for reducing “off chart” condi- upward movement of the diaphragm assembly which is transmit-
tions. ted by the WAGGLE ARM causing a downward movement in the
Any applications where a constant pressure differential and 3 PTC PILOT. The 3 PTC is now in a relief mode which allows
flow rate is desired. the pressure opening motor valve to begin to close. As the valve
closes, the pressure differential will decrease and reposition the
PDC diaphragm assembly to stop the relief of motor valve dia-
FEATURES: phragm pressure.
Intermittent bleed pilot If the pressure differential decreases from the set point, the
Throttle operation spring forces the diaphragm assembly downward. This causes
1 to 260 inches of water differential pressure an upward movement of the WAGGLE ARM on the 3 PTC
Heavier springs available, if specified PILOT, increasing the diaphragm pressure of the pressure open-
May be used with any type of diaphragm motor valve ing motor valve. As the valve opens, the pressure differential will
begin to increase until it reaches the set point.
WORKING PRESSURE:
1000 or 2000 psig maximum
OUTPUT PRESSURE:
Variable, 2 to 30 psig
Spring
Main Diaphragm
3PTC Pilot
Pilot Plug
Cover 755
Gasket 775
FLOW
START-UP PROCEDURE:
1. Open the isolation valves and close the equalizing valve pressure, valve sizing and orifice sizing.
(if used) prior to applying pressure to the meter run to pre- 6. If the valve hunts (moves open and closed excessively), close
vent an excessive pressure drop across the diaphragm. the needle valve in thee motor valve supply gas line until the
Excessive pressure drops across diaphragm will cause the positioning becomes stable or replace the motor valve trim
diaphragm to rupture. with a smaller inner valve.
2. Turn the control knob fully counterclockwise. 7. The Controller can now be set for the maximum limit or
3. Open the gas stream to the meter run. adjusted to control the desired pressure differential.
4. Adjust the control knob until the motor valve begins to open.
5. Continue to adjust the control knob until the desired pres-
sure differential is obtained. If the valve is fully open and the
pressure differential is not obtained, recheck flow conditions,
www.kimray.com
PILOTS AND ACCESSORIES
LIQUID DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE PILOT
APPLICATION: OPERATION:
The 30 PG LDP-D sends a pneumatic signal when the differ- The LDP Pilot consists of a PILOT DIAPHRAGM ASSEMBLY
ential pressure between two wet or dry pressures is less the the which moves without friction to operate a 3 way PILOT PLUG.
desired setting. The signal vents when the difference is higher The Pilot Assembly is supported by the PILOT DIAPHRAGM
than the setting. ASSEMBLY and the MODULATING DIAPHRAGM. The PILOT
Pilot may be installed remotely to operate a diaphragm oper- SPRING and Downstream Pressure (Blue) load the upper side
ated motor valve as a liquid differential pressure regulator. of the Pilot Assembly and is opposed on the underside by the
Upstream Pressure (Red) acting on the PILOT DIAPHRAGM
FEATURES: ASSEMBLY.
With a slight increase in Downstream Pressure (Blue) or
Single adjustment
a slight decrease in Upstream Pressure (Red), the PILOT
Filtered gas supply
DIAPHRAGM ASSEMBLY is forced downward by the PILOT
Accurate control
SPRING. The upper seat for the PILOT PLUG (Yellow to
Intermittent bleed pilot
Atmosphere) is closed and the lower seat for the PILOT PLUG
Remote installation
(Violet to Yellow) is opened. This results in an increased Output
Pressure (Yellow) under the MODULATING DIAPHRAGM which
PRESSURE RANGE: opposes the change. The PILOT DIAPHRAGM ASSEMBLY
5 psig to 300 psig returns to a position at which both the upper and lower seats are
closed when the Differential Pressure is re-established.
SUPPLY PRESSURE: A slight decrease in Downstream Pressure (Blue) or a slight
0-300 psig (60% or more of upstream pressure recommend- increase in Upstream Pressure (Red) closes the lower seat and
ed for operating a motor valve) opens the upper seat to reduce the Output Pressure (Yellow).
PILOT DIMENSIONS
APPLICATIONS: OPERATION:
Oil and gas separator liquid level control. The Pilot Assembly (Crosshatched) and the PILOT PLUG are
High level shut-off control. the only moving parts in the Liquid Level Pilot.
For use with Kimray MT series valves or Pressure Closing The Pilot can be adjusted for throttling or semi-snap action
Motor Valves which use full separator pressure on the motor using the CONTROL KNOB. With the CONTROL KNOB against
valve diaphragm. its stop, the Pilot will throttle. Unscrew the CONTROL KNOB
one-half to one full turn for semi-snap action.
The PILOT PLUG consists of two stainless balls rigidly con-
FEATURES: nected together. The upper seat for the PILOT PLUG controls
Separator Pressure to Modulated Pressure (Red to Yellow). The
No float required
lower seat for the PILOT PLUG is the Modulated Pressure vent
Easily installed
(Yellow to Atmosphere).
Intermittent bleed pilot saves gas
Separator Gas Pressure (Red) is equalized across the
Throttling or semi-snap control
PILOT DIAPHRAGM. Separator Gas Pressure (Red) and the
Only one adjustment for changing control
Modulated Pressure (Yellow) act in opposite directions on the
Only one adjustment for changing liquid level
two small diaphragms of equal area to balance the Pilot against
changes in these pressures. The only upward force to move
WORKING PRESSURE: the Pilot Assembly is the liquid head in the separator, opposed
175 psig maximum by the PILOT SPRING. This spring load can be varied by the
ADJUSTING SCREW to increase or decrease the liquid level.
SUPPLY PRESSURE: As the liquid level rises in the separator, it overcomes the
Separate external supply not required. PILOT SPRING and forces the Pilot Assembly upward, clos-
Pilot uses separator gas equalizing and supply line for ing the upper seat (Red to Yellow) and opening the lower seat
supply. (Yellow to Atmosphere). When the Modulated Pressure (Yellow)
is vented, Separator Fluid Pressure then opens the valve.
As the liquid level decreases in the separator, the Pilot
OUTPUT PRESSURE: Assembly moves downward closing the lower seat (Yellow to
Varies from 0 psig to full separator pressure. Atmosphere) and opening the upper seat (Red to Yellow), which
increases Modulated Pressure and closes the valve.
When the Pilot is adjusted for throttling, the intermittent bleed
pilot three-way valve action of the PILOT PLUG against its seats
adjusts the Modulated Pressure (Yellow) to reposition the Motor
Valve Diaphragm to accommodate the required rated of flow.
This rapid but stable repositioning produces a true throttling
action.
For standard separator service a light spring is installed in the
Pilot for a maximum liquid level height of approximately 4 feet.
For other service, special springs can be installed for a maximum
liquid level height of either 8 or 30 feet. Unless otherwise speci-
fied, a light spring will be furnished.
NOTES:
The lower gauge glass connection may be used for mounting
the pilot if no other connection to the liquid section of the separa-
tor is available.
A connection is provided on the upstream side of the motor
valve body for mounting the pilot. However, when the Motor
Valve is set remotely from the separator, pressure drop through
long piping will make the controller operation erratic.
After assembly, the pilot is tested and set for throttling control.
It is adjusted to control a liquid level of approximately 7 inches
above the pilot, turn the adjusting screw for desired liquid level.
On throttle control, the liquid level will vary approximately 1
inch. When set on semi-snap control, the liquid level will vary
between 4 inches and 8 inches.
PILOT DIMENSIONS
www.kimray.com
PILOTS AND ACCESSORIES
OUNCES TO ATMOSPHERE PILOT
APPLICATIONS: OPERATION:
Pilot may be installed remotely from the motor valve. The Pilot Assembly, which moves as a unit without friction
The Pilot is used in the control of low pressure where the desired within the housing, is supported by the PILOT DIAPHRAGM and
controlled pressure ranges from a few ounces to 20 psig on: the MODULATING DIAPHRAGM. The PILOT SPRING loads
Vessels the upper side of the Pilot Assembly and is opposed on the
Vent lines underside by Controlled Pressure (Blue) acting on the net area
Distribution systems of the PILOT and MODULATING DIAPHRAGMS (area of PILOT
Inlet and recirculation on compressors, pressure DIAPHRAGM minus area of MODULATING DIAPHRAGM).
With a slight decreased in Controlled Pressure (Blue) the
It may be used to produce a pneumatic output signal when the Pilot Assembly is forced downward by the PILOT SPRING.
monitored pressure falls below the set pressure. The pneumatic The upper seat for the PILOT PLUG (Yellow to Atmosphere) is
signal source is isolated from the monitored pressure. closed and the lower seat for the PILOT PLUG (Red to Yellow)
is opened. This results in an increased Output Pressure (Yellow)
FEATURES: under the MODULATING DIAPHRAGM which balances the lost
upward force due to the slight decrease of Controlled Pressure
Single adjustment
(Blue). The Pilot Assembly returns to a position at which both the
Filtered gas supply
upper and lower seats are closed. A light increase in Controlled
High accuracy
Pressure (Blue) opens the upper seat and closes the lower seat
Intermittent bleed pilot construction
to reduce the Output Pressure (Yellow).
Remote installation
SUPPLY PRESSURE:
Equal to or not less than 60% of maximum upstream pres-
sure when used to operate low pressure motor valves (shown in
Catalog Section E2)
20 to 30 psig when used to operate high pressure motor
valves (shown in Catalog Section E1).
PRESSURE RANGE:
Ounces to 20 psig
Pilot Assembly
Output Pressure
Controlled Pressure
Supply Pressure
Adjusting Screw
0 3
10 6
Pilot Spring
9
20
12
30 15
Pilot Diaphragm
O Ring 265
FILTERS AVAILABLE:
CAT. MAX. OPER.
NO. FILTER W.P. PRESS.
YAS 1/4 F 30 300 300
YASSS6 1/4 F 100 SS6 1000 1000
APPLICATIONS:
Provides a small pressure relief at 30 psig.
For use with the TC-12 Temperature Controller.
(See catalog section “H” for Temperature Controllers).
DP-30 DP-200/400/400SS6/600
LOW PRESSURE HIGH PRESSURE
DRIP POT DRIP POT
DUCTILE STEEL & 316 SS
1”
Nipple 648 OUTLET 4 NPT
3”
OUTLET INLET Part No. 649
Part No. 649SS6
1” 1”
4 NPT 4 NPT 28
5”
1”
Part No. 650 only
1” 4 NPT
2 2
INLET
1 3”fl 9”
4 Part No. 650 only Nipple 648 [DP200/400]
587 ” Nipple 648SS6 [DP400SS6]
3
Drip Pot 2 8 ”fl
Body 431 3”
84
Part No. 649
Part No. 650SS6
DP 200, 649
Body DP 400SS6, 650SS6
DP 400, 650
DP 600, 6778
BV 30
BV 30SS6
Body 2589 BV 400 BV 400SS6
Body 2589SS6 Body 612 Body 612SS6
Stem 2590 Stem 613 Stem 613SS6
Stem 2590SS6
1”
1”
1999
Cap & Filter Assy. 1999SS6 OUTLET 4 NPT
OUTLET 4 NPT
O Ring 157
157V
7”
18 fl 5”
13” Nipple 648 28
14
1” 32 dia.
1”
3 2
1”
NPT INLET
4
13” 1” 1”
32 fl
Hole INLET 1 4 4 NPT
1” 3”
648 72 DP200 2914 84
Nipple 648SS6
Body 1998 Body DP200SS6 2914SS6
1998SS6 DP600 6778
Gauze Filter 1999G 3”
2 8 fl
BV 400
Body 612
612SS6 BV 400 BV 400SS6
Stem 613 Body 612 Body 612SS6
613SS6 Stem 613 Stem 613SS6
*Special
Kimray is an ISO 9001- certified manufacturer.
Current Revision: Y:220.1
Change Logo www.kimray.com Issued 1/13
PILOTS AND ACCESSORIES
CHECK VALVES
APPLICATION: OPERATION:
For pressure reducing service where a supply of constant The diaphragm-operated design delivers constant down-
reduced pressure is required for pneumatic instruments and stream pressure by quickly responding to changes in volume
pilot operated controllers. requirements. The DIAPHRAGM-SEAT ASSEMBLY moves
freely up and down in response to slight changes in vol-
FEATURES: ume demand at the outlet port. As the DIAPHRAGM-SEAT
ASSEMBLY moves the gap between the NOZZLE and NYLON
Easily adjusted
SEAT changes, compensating for the change in volume demand.
Internally relieving
Available in Aluminum and 316 Stainless Steel
INLET PRESSURE:
CONNECTIONS: 4000 max. psig
Inlet and Outlet - 1/4" NPT
DESIGN PRESSURE:
5500 max. psig
OPERATING TEMPERATURE:
0°F to 200°F (-18°C to 93°C) OUTPUT PRESSURE:
10 to 250 psig
Cf & Cv VALUES
Cf Cv
Diaphragm Assembly 0.70 0.10
Input Pressure
CAPACITY CHART
32
Output Pressure
31
OUTPUT PRESSURE psig.
30
29
A usting re 28
27
1500 psig
26
100 psig
25
250 psig 500 psig
pring
100 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 1100
STANDARD CUBIC FEET PER HOUR; AIR*
INITIAL SET POINT AT 30 psig AT 120 S.C.F.H.
Diaphragm Assembly INLET PRESSURE INDICATED ON EACH CURVE.
*FOR CAPACITIES IN S.C.F.H. OF GAS AT .65 SPECIFIC GRAVITY
MULTIPLY FLOW RATE BY 1.24
le
yl n eat
1676
Nut 1676SS6 Adjusting Screw 5326
5326SS6
5237
Diaphragm Plate 5242 Bonnet 5237SS6
5242SS6
REGULATOR
DIMENSIONS
REGULATORS AVAILABLE:
CAT. INLET OUTLET
NO. REG. MATERIAL PRESS. PRESS. KIT
3
58
YAV 12 SGR ALUM. 4000 max. 10-250 RSP
YAVSS6 12 SGR-SS6 316 SS 4000 max. 10-250 RSP Inlet
*These parts are recommended spare parts and are stocked as Outlet Outlet
repair kits.
19
132
1
22
APPLICATIONS:
For electrical control of a pneumatic pressure used to open
and close a motor valve.
SPECIFICATIONS:
Voltage 110/120 VAC 50/60 HZ
Current (inrush) .3 amp
Current (continuous) .15 amp
Watts 10
Maximum supply pressure 100 psig
Normally closed, with output vented
1/2" conduit connections
1/4" NPT pressure connections
Explosion proof
1/16” orifice diameter
Weight 1.4 lbs.
Body 316 SS
Electrical housing cadmium plated steel
TYPICAL INSTALLATIONS
APPLICATIONS: SPECIFICATIONS:
For installations where it is necessary to operate a valve by Maximum operating pressure 100 psig
using an electrical current pulse of 0.02 milliseconds duration. 3-Way explosion proof
Can be used in applications where a radio frequency or 1/4" NPT pressure connections
mechanical timer is require to control the solenoid. 1/2" NPT conduit connection
Due to the Magnelatch Solenoid’s compactness it can be Voltage 12 VDC
used in conjunction with sensors, such as thermistors and ther- Momentary Latching;
mocouples. 10 Milliseconds to latch @ 1.40 amps
25 Milliseconds to unlatch @ .75 amps
TYPICAL INSTALLATIONS
FEATURES:
Aluminum housing
5 1/2" inch stroke
Operates in any position
Stainless steel stem and pins
WORKING PRESSURE:
125 psig
DIAPHRAGM PRESSURE:
(Against Spring Load)
1 1/2” psig to start movement
18 psig to fully stroke
(Additional pressure required to overcome external load)
455AL DIMENSIONS
www.kimray.com
PILOTS AND ACCESSORIES
COMPANION FLANGE SETS
CAST IRON
APPLICATION:
Provides for installation of flanged valves in a screwed piping
system.
The Companion Flange Sets listed in the above chart are for
use on the FGT, FMT & FMA bodies. Hardware and gaskets are
provided with each set ordered. To order Companion Flange Set
specify: (Line size & catalog number) Companion Flange Set.
Example: “2” YFA Compaion Flange Set.”
www.kimray.com
PILOTS AND ACCESSORIES
SENSE LINE PROTECTOR
APPLICATIONS: OPERATION:
As an adjustable, self-resetting, pressure limiting device to The Pilot Spring loads the upper side of the Pilot Diaphragm
protect instrumentation from over pressurization and subsequent Assembly and is opposed on the under side by Output Pressure (Blue)
damage. acting on the area of the Pilot Diaphragm.
Designed to protect pilots on high pressure regulators. Blocks As long as the Input Pressure (Red) is below the setting for
the sense line or supply pressure to a device when it exceeds the the desired maximum Output Pressure (Blue) the Pilot Diaphragm
adjustable limit of 300 psig. Reopens when inlet pressure drops Assembly is held down by the Pilot Spring, and the lower seat of the
below the limit. Pilot Assembly (Red to Blue) is held open, allowing direct communica-
tion of input Pressure (Red) to Output Pressure (Blue).
NOTE: Changes in the Input Pressure (Red) will directly result in changes
This device is not to be installed as a: in the Output Pressure (Blue) unless the pressure reaches the upper
Instrument gas regulator, limit established by the setting of the Pilot Spring. At this point the Pilot
Pressure reducing regulator. Diaphragm Assembly is forced upward to the point the lower seat for
the Pilot Plug (Red to Blue) is closed, preventing any further increases
CONNECTIONS: in Output Pressure (Blue).
Inlet and Outlet - 1/4” NPT If for any reason conditions would cause the Output Pressure
(Blue) to start to increase above the desired set point, the Pilot
DESIGN PRESSURE: Diaphragm Assembly will move upward, opening the upper Pilot Plug
1000 psig. Max. Seat (Blue to Atmosphere) and relieving enough pressure to restore
Output Pressure (Blue) to the set point.
OUTPUT PRESSURE: When the Input Pressure (Red) returns to a level below the set point
0 to 300 psig limit, the Pilot Plug will drop slightly allowing Input Pressure (Red) to
again communicate with Output Pressure (Blue).
FEATURES: The upper limit for the Output Pressure (Blue) is set with the
Single Adjustment adjusting screw. Turning the Adjusting Screw clockwise will increase
Intermittent bleed pilot the Output Pressure (Blue) limit, turning the Adjusting Screw counter
Remote Installation clockwise will lower the Output Pressure (Blue) limit. The maximum
Compact Design output pressure is 300 psig.
Diaphragm Assembly
Input Pressure
Adjusting Screw
Output Pressure
Spring
Diaphragm Assembly
Pilot Plug
Bonnet 4525
Spring Plate 4649, 2 Req'd.
4648
* Diaphragm 4648AF Breather Plug 147
4648V
6497 3010
* Upper Seat 6497SS6 Nut 3010SS6
Base 6498
6498SS6 Spring 585 *
PILOT
DIMENSIONS
1”
42
PILOTS AVAILABLE:
CAT. OPER. OUTLET
NO. PILOT MATERIAL PRESS. PRESS. KIT
YDM 30 PR STEEL 1000 300 RMV
YDMSS6 30 PR-SS6 316SS 1000 300 RMVSS6
Inlet Outlet
9”
NOTES: 16